You are on page 1of 176

Contents

  1  The Gospel From Patmos—December 29–January 4 5

  2  Among the Lampstands—January 5–11 18


  3  Jesus’ Messages to the Seven Churches—January 12–18 31

  4  Worthy Is the Lamb—January 19–25 44

  5  The Seven Seals—January 26–February 1 57

  6  The Sealed People of God—February 2–8 72

  7  The Seven Trumpets—February 9–15 85

  8  Satan, a Defeated Enemy—February 16–22 98

  9  Satan and His Allies—February 23–March 1 111

10  God’s Everlasting Gospel—March 2–8 124

11  The Seven Last Plagues—March 9–15 137

12  Judgment on Babylon—March 16–22 150

13  “I Make All Things New”—March 23–29 163

Editorial Office 12501 Old Columbia Pike, Silver Spring, MD 20904


Come visit us at our Web site at http://www.absg.adventist.org

Principal Contributor Associate Editor Pacific Press® Coordinator


Ranko Stefanovic Soraya Homayouni Wendy Marcum
Editor Publication Manager Art and Design
Clifford R. Goldstein Lea Alexander Greve Lars Justinen
Editorial Assistant
Sharon Thomas-Crews
The teachers edition components were written by the following:
The Overview, Commentary, and Life Application, Lessons 1–13: Jon Paulien, PhD, dean,
School of Religion, Loma Linda University, California, United States of America.

© 2019 General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists®. All rights reserved. No part of the Adult Sabbath
School Bible Study Guide (Teachers Edition) may be edited, altered, modified, adapted, translated,
reproduced, or published by any person or entity without prior written authorization from the General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists®. The division offices of the General Conference of Seventh-day
Adventists® are authorized to arrange for translation of the Adult Sabbath School Bible Study Guide
(Teachers Edition), under specific guidelines. Copyright of such translations and their publication shall
remain with the General Conference. “Seventh-day Adventist,” “Adventist,” and the flame logo are reg-
istered trademarks of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists® and may not be used without
prior authorization from the General Conference.

1
The
Good
News
From
Patmos

A lmost two millennia ago, the apostle John was exiled on a small
rocky island in the Aegean Sea because of his faithful witness to
the gospel. The aged apostle endured all the hardships of Roman
imprisonment. On one particular Sabbath, he had a special visit from Jesus Christ, who
came to encourage His servant in his suffering. In a series of visions, Jesus showed him the
panoramic history of the church and what God’s people would experience as they waited
for their Lord’s return.
What John had seen in vision he faithfully recorded in a scroll that he titled “The
Revelation of Jesus Christ” (Rev. 1:1). The book that he wrote reveals Jesus’ work in heaven
and on earth since His ascension and what He will do when He returns. It was intended to
assure Christians through the ages of Christ’s presence and to sustain them as they experi-
ence the trials of daily life amid a fallen world immersed in the great controversy.
This quarter, we will delve into this book. In broad brushstrokes we will focus on the
book’s major parts and themes. The idea is to become familiar with the book’s key themes,
and to see that it, indeed, reveals Jesus Christ, His life, His death, His resurrection, and His
high priestly ministry in behalf of His people.
As we do so, we will proceed in the following ways:
1. Our study of Revelation is based on the biblical concept of the inspiration of the Bible.
While the messages of the book came from God, the language in which those messages were
communicated is human. Noting language and images derived from the history of God’s

2
people in the Old Testament, we will discover how John communicated those messages.
2. A careful reading of Revelation’s prophecies (like those of Daniel) show that the
historicist method of prophetic interpretation is the correct way to understand the prophe-
cies’ intended fulfillment, because they follow the flow of history, from the prophet’s time
to the end of the world. This method illustrates how we should make every effort to derive
meaning from the text itself, rather than imposing a predetermined interpretation upon it.
3. The organizational structure of Revelation is in
many ways crucial for responsible application of the “Blessed is he that
book’s prophecies. Our analysis of Revelation will be readeth, and they that
based on the fourfold structure of the book: hear the words of this
a. Revelation 1:1–3:22 employs the situa­tion of the
prophecy, and keep
churches of John’s day to prophetically address the
situation of the church in different periods of his- those things which are
tory. written therein; for the
b. Revelation 4:1–11:19 repeats (or recapitulates) and time is at hand”
builds on this history of the church, using apocalyp-
(Rev. 1:3, NKJV).
tic symbols that add progressively more detail.
c. Revelation 12:1–14:20 is the thematic center of the
book and spans the history of the great controversy from before the time of Jesus to
the Second Advent.
d. Revelation 15:1–22:21 focuses exclusively on the end time.
4. A meaningful interpretation of Revelation’s prophecies must be Christ-centered. The
entire book was written from the perspective of Christ. It is only through Christ that the
symbols and images of Revelation receive their ultimate meaning and significance.
Revelation promises blessings to those who read or listen to its words and who heed and
keep the admonitions found therein. “The book of Revelation opens with an injuntion
to us to understand the instruction it contains. ‘Blessed is he that readeth, and they that
hear the words of this prophecy,’ God declares, ‘and keep those things which are written
therein: for the time is at hand.’ When we as a people understand what this book means
to us, there will be seen among us a great revival. We do not understand fully the lessons
that it teaches, not withstanding the injunction given us to search and study it.”—Ellen
G. White, Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers, p. 113. As we analyze this book,
we invite you to discover for yourselves the things that you need to hear, and heed, as we
await the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.

Ranko Stefanovic, PhD, is professor of New Testament in the SDA Theological Seminary,
Andrews University. His specialty is the book of Revelation.

3
Adult Sabbath School Bible Study Guide
How to Use the Teachers Edition
“The true teacher is not content with dull thoughts, an indolent mind, or
a loose memory. He constantly seeks higher attainments and better methods.
His life is one of continual growth. In the work of such a teacher there is a
freshness, a quickening power, that awakens and inspires his [class].”
—Ellen G. White, Counsels on Sabbath School Work, p. 103.

To be a Sabbath School teacher is both a privilege and a responsibility. A privilege


because it offers the teacher the unique opportunity to lead and guide in the study
and discussion of the week’s lesson so as to enable the class to have both a personal
appreciation for God’s Word and a collective experience of spiritual fellowship with
class members. When the class concludes, members should leave with a sense of hav-
ing tasted the goodness of God’s Word and having been strengthened by its enduring
power. The responsibility of teaching demands that the teacher is fully aware of the
Scripture to be studied, the flow of the lesson through the week, the interlinking of
the lessons to the theme of the quarter, and the lesson’s application to life and witness.
This guide is to help the teachers to fulfill their responsibility adequately. It has
three segments:

1. Overview introduces the lesson topic, key texts, links with the previous les-
son, and the lesson’s theme. This segment deals with such questions as Why is this
lesson important? What does the Bible say about this subject? What are some major
themes covered in the lesson? How does this subject affect my personal life?

2. Commentary is the chief segment in the Teachers Edition. It may


have two or more sections, each one dealing with the theme introduced in the
Overview segment. The Commentary may include several in-depth discussions
that enlarge the themes outlined in the Overview. The Commentary provides an
in-depth study of the themes and offers scriptural, exegetic, illustrative discussion
material that leads to a better understanding of the themes. The Commentary also
may have scriptural word study or exegesis appropriate to the lesson. On a partici-
patory mode, the commentary segment may have discussion leads, illustrations
appropriate to the study, and thought questions.
3. Life Application is the final segment of the Teachers Edition for each les-
son. This section leads the class to discuss what was presented in the Commentary
segment as it impacts on Christian life. The application may involve discussion,
further probing of what the lesson under study is all about, or perhaps personal
testimony on how one may feel the impact of the lesson on one’s life.

Final thought: What is mentioned above is only suggestive of the many possibilities
available for presenting the lesson and is not intended to be exhaustive or prescriptive
in its scope. Teaching should not become monotonous, repetitious, or speculative.
Good Sabbath School teaching should be Bible-based, Christ-centered, faith-strength-
ening, and fellowship building.
4
L esson 1 *December 29–January 4
(page 4 of Standard Edition)

The Gospel From Patmos

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 1:1–8; John 14:1–3; Deut.
29:29; John 14:29; Rom. 1:7; Phil. 3:20; Dan. 7:13, 14.

Memory Text: “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the
words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written in
it; for the time is near” (Revelation 1:3, NKJV).

T
he prophecies of Revelation were revealed in vision to the apostle
John more than nineteen centuries ago during his exile on a small
rocky island known as Patmos in the Aegean Sea (Rev. 1:9).
Revelation 1:3 pronounces a blessing on those who read the book and
hear and obey the teachings (compare Luke 6:47, 48). This verse refers to
the congregation assembled in the church to hear the messages. However,
they are blessed not only because they read or listen, but also because
they obey the words of the book (see Rev. 22:7).
The prophecies of Revelation are an expression of God’s care for
His people. They point us to the shortness and fragility of this life, to
salvation in Jesus and His work as our heavenly High Priest and King,
and to our calling to spread the gospel.
Biblical prophecies are like a lamp shining in a dark place (2  Pet.
1:19). They are intended to provide guidance for our life today and
hope for our future. We will need this prophetic guide until the coming
of Christ and the establishment of God’s everlasting kingdom.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, January 5.

5
S unday December 30
(page 5 of Standard Edition)

The Title of the Book


Read Revelation 1:1, 2. What is the significance of the full title of the
book? What does the title teach us in terms of whom the book is
really about?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Revelation 1:1 states the title of the book as “The Revelation of
Jesus Christ.” The word “revelation” comes from the Greek word apo-
kalupsis (apocalypse), which means “uncovering” or “unveiling.” The
Apocalypse is an unveiling of Jesus Christ; it is both from Jesus and
about Him. While it came from God through Jesus Christ (see Rev.
22:16), the book testifies that Jesus also is the focus of its contents.
The Apocalypse is His self-revelation to His people and an expression
of His care for them.
Jesus is the central figure of Revelation. The book begins with Him
(Rev. 1:5–8) and concludes with Him (Rev. 22:12–16). “Let Daniel
speak, let the Revelation speak, and tell what is truth. But whatever
phase of the subject is presented, uplift Jesus as the center of all hope,
‘the Root and the Offspring of David, and the bright and morning
Star.’ ”—Ellen G. White, Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers,
p. 118.
Also, the Jesus of the Apocalypse is the Jesus of the four Gospels.
Revelation continues the description of Jesus and His work of salvation
on behalf of His people as first depicted in the Gospels. The book of
Revelation focuses on different aspects of His existence and ministry.
Essentially, it begins where the Gospels end, with Jesus’ resurrection
and ascension into heaven.
Together with the Epistle to the Hebrews, Revelation emphasizes
Jesus’ heavenly ministry. It shows that, after His ascension, Jesus
was inaugurated into His royal and priestly ministry in the heavenly
sanctuar­y. Without Revelation or Hebrews, our knowledge of Christ’s
high-priestly ministry in heaven in behalf of His people would be very
limited. And yet, besides Hebrews, the book of Revelation provides us
with a unique look into the ministry of Jesus Christ in our behalf.

Read John 14:1–3. How does the very broad promise here help
us better understand what Jesus is doing for us in heaven right
now? What hope can we draw from this wonderful promise?

6
M onday December 31
(page 6 of Standard Edition)

The Purpose of the Book


Revelation 1:1 also tells us that the purpose of the book is to show
future events, starting from the time when the book itself was written.
Anyone familiar with Revelation will notice that the prediction of
events—whether those already fulfilled (at least from our perspective
today) or those events still future (again, from our perspective today)—
occupies most of the book’s content.
The primary purpose of biblical prophecies is to assure us that no
matter what the future brings, God is in control. Revelation does just
that: it assures us that Jesus Christ is with His people throughout this
world’s history and its alarming final events.
Consequently, Revelation’s prophecies have two practical purposes:
to teach us how to live today and to prepare us for the future.

Read Deuteronomy 29:29. How does this text help us understand why
some things are not revealed to us? According to this text, what is
the purpose of the things that are revealed to us? That is, why are
we told them? See also Rev. 22:7.

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Revelation’s end-time prophecies are not revealed to satisfy our
obsessive curiosity about the future. The book reveals only those
aspects of the future important for us to know. They are disclosed to
impress upon us the seriousness of what will happen so that we will
realize our dependence on God and, in that dependence, obey Him.
For centuries, speculation—and even more sensationalism—has
accompanied so much of the teaching regarding end-time events.
Fortunes have been made by those who, predicting the immediate end,
have scared people into giving money to their ministry because, well, the
end was near. Each time, though, the end didn’t come, and people were
left disillusioned and discouraged. As with all of the good things God has
given us, prophecy can be misused, and misinterpreted, as well.

Read John 14:29. What crucially important principle for the


purpose of prophecy can we find here in this verse?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

7
T uesday January 1
(page 7 of Standard Edition)

The Symbolic Language of Revelation


Read Revelation 13:1, Daniel 7:1–3, and Ezekiel 1:1–14. What is the
one thing that all these visions have in common?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Revelation 1:1 further states: “And He sent and signified it by His
angel to His servant John” (NKJV, emphasis added). Here we find a
very important word in the book. The word “signified” is a translation
of the Greek word semaino, - meaning “to show by symbolic signs.”
This word is used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament (the
Septuagint) in which Daniel explains to King Nebuchadnezzar that,
by the statue made of gold, silver, bronze, and iron, God signifies to
the king “  ‘what will take place in the future’ ” (Dan. 2:45, NASB).
By employing the same word, John tells us that the scenes and events
of Revelation were shown to him in vision in symbolic presentations.
Guided by the Holy Spirit, John faithfully recorded these symbolic
presentations as he had seen them in the visions (Rev. 1:2).
Thus, for the most part, the language used to describe Revelation’s
prophecies must not be interpreted literally. As a rule, the reading of the
Bible, in general, presupposes a literal understanding of the text (unless
the text points to intended symbolism). But when we read Revelation—
unless the text points to a literal meaning—we need to interpret it sym-
bolically. While the scenes and events predicted are real, they usually
were expressed in symbolic language.
Keeping in mind the largely symbolic character of Revelation will
safeguard us against distorting the prophetic message. In trying to
determine the meaning of the symbols used in the book, we must be
careful not to impose on the text a meaning that comes out of human
imagination or the current meanings of those symbols in our culture.
Instead, we must go to the Bible and to the symbols found in its pages
in order to understand the symbols in the book of Revelation.
In fact, in trying to unlock the meaning of the symbols in Revelation,
we must remember that most of them were drawn from the Old
Testament. By portraying the future in the language of the past, God
wanted to impress upon our minds that His acts of salvation in the
future will be very much like His acts of salvation in the past. What He
did for His people in the past, He will do for them again in the future.
In endeavoring to decode the symbols and images of Revelation, we
must start by paying attention to the Old Testament.

8
W ednesday January 2
(page 8 of Standard Edition)

The Godhead
Revelation begins with a greeting similar to the ones found in Paul’s
letters. The book was sent ostensibly as a letter to the seven churches in
Asia Minor in John’s day (see Rev. 1:11). However, Revelation was not
written for them only, but for all generations of Christians throughout
history.

Read Revelation 1:4, 5 and Romans 1:7. What common greeting is


found in both texts, and from whom is the greeting given?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Both texts offer an epistolary greeting: “Grace and peace to you.”
This phrase consists of the Greek greeting charis (“grace”) and the
Hebrew greeting shalom (“peace,” “well-being”). As we can see from
these texts, the Givers of grace and peace are the three Persons of the
Godhead.
God the Father is identified as the One “who is and who was and
who is to come” (see Rev. 1:8, Rev. 4:8, NKJV). This designation refers
to the divine name Yahweh, “I AM WHO I AM” (Exod. 3:14, NKJV),
referring to God’s eternal existence.
The Holy Spirit is referred to as “the seven Spirits” (compare with
Rev. 4:5 and Rev. 5:6). In Scripture, seven is a number of fullness. “The
seven Spirits” means the Holy Spirit is active in all seven churches. This
image refers to the omnipresence of the Holy Spirit and His constant work
among God’s people through history, enabling them to fulfill their calling.
Jesus Christ is identified by three titles: “the faithful witness, the
firstborn from the dead, and the ruler over the kings of the earth” (Rev.
1:5, NKJV). They refer to His death on the cross, His resurrection, and
His reign in heaven. Then John states what Jesus has done: He “loved
us and washed us from our sins in His own blood, and has made us
kings and priests to His God and Father” (Rev. 1:5, 6, NKJV).
In the original Greek, He “loved us” refers to Christ’s ongoing love,
which embraces the past, the present, and the future. The One who
loves us has released us from our sins by His blood. In the Greek, the
verb “released” refers to a completed act in the past: when Jesus died
on the cross He provided a perfect atonement for our sins.

Ephesians 2:6 and Philippians 3:20 describe the redeemed as citizens


of heaven who are raised up and made to sit with Jesus in heavenly
places. What might these texts mean, and how do we presently enjoy
this glorious status in Christ as “kings and priests” (Rev. 1:6, NKJV)
while still in this sin-cursed world? How should this answer impact
how we live?
9
T hursday January 3
(page 9 of Standard Edition)

The Keynote of Revelation


The conclusion of the prologue of Revelation points to the true focus of
the whole book: the return of Jesus in power and glory. Christ’s promise
to come again is reiterated three times in the conclusion of the book (Rev.
22:7, 12, 20).

Read Revelation 1:7, 8. The wording of this text is derived from several
prophetic texts: Daniel 7:13, 14; Zechariah 12:10; and Matthew 24:30.
What do these texts tell us about the certainty of the Second Coming?

In Revelation, the second coming of Christ is the end point toward


which history moves. The Second Coming will mark the conclusion of
this world’s history and the beginning of God’s eternal kingdom, as well as
freedom from all evil, anguish, pain, and death.
Like the rest of the New Testament, Revelation 1:7 points to the literal,
visible, and personal coming of Christ in majesty and glory. Every human
being alive on the earth at the time, as well as “those who pierced Him”
(NASB), will witness His coming. These words point to a special resurrec-
tion of certain people right before the return of Christ, including those who
crucified Him. While Jesus will, with His coming, bring deliverance to
those people waiting for Him, He will bring judgment to those inhabitants
living on the earth who have spurned His mercy and love.
The certainty of Christ’s coming is affirmed with the words “Even
so, Amen” (Rev. 1:7). The words “even so” are a translation of the
Greek word nai; and amen is a Hebrew affirmative. Together, these two
words express certainty. They also conclude the book in two similar
affirmations (see Rev. 22:20).
“More than eighteen hundred years have passed since the Saviour
gave the promise of his coming. Throughout the centuries his words
have filled with courage the hearts of his faithful ones. The promise
has not yet been fulfilled; the Life-giver’s voice has not yet called the
sleeping saints from their graves; but none the less sure is the word that
has been spoken. In his own time God will fulfill his word. Shall any
become weary now? Shall we lose our hold on faith when we are so near
the eternal world? Shall any say, The city is a great way off?—No, no. A
little longer, and we shall see the King in his beauty. A little longer, and
he will wipe all tears from our eyes. A little longer, and he will present
us ‘faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy.’ ”
—Ellen G. White, The Advent Review and Sabbath Herald, Nov. 13, 1913.

A promise is only as strong as the integrity of the person giving


it and his or her ability to fulfill it. How does the fact that the
promise of the Second Coming has been given by God, who has
kept all His promises in the past, provide you with assurance that
Christ will return as He has promised?
10
F riday January 4
(page 10 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “The Study of the Books of


Daniel and the Revelation,” pp. 112–119, in Testimonies to Ministers and
Gospel Workers.

“This revelation was given for the guidance and comfort of the
church throughout the Christian dispensation. . . . A revelation is some-
thing revealed. The Lord Himself revealed to His servant the mysteries
contained in this book, and He designs that they shall be open to the
study of all. Its truths are addressed to those living in the last days of
this earth’s history, as well as to those living in the days of John. Some
of the scenes depicted in this prophecy are in the past, some are now
taking place; some bring to view the close of the great conflict between
the powers of darkness and the Prince of heaven, and some reveal the
triumphs and joys of the redeemed in the earth made new.
“Let none think, because they cannot explain the meaning of every
symbol in the Revelation, that it is useless for them to search this book
in an effort to know the meaning of the truth it contains. The One who
revealed these mysteries to John will give to the diligent searcher for
truth a foretaste of heavenly things. Those whose hearts are open to the
reception of truth will be enabled to understand its teachings, and will
be granted the blessing promised to those who ‘hear the words of this
prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein.’ ”—Ellen G.
White, The Acts of the Apostles, pp. 583–585.

Discussion Questions:
 If Revelation is the unveiling of Jesus Christ, why does the word
apocalypse have a negative meaning today? What does this negativity
tell us about the popular perception of Revelation among Christians?
Why is the word fear often associated with Revelation’s prophecies?

 Think about some of the failed predictions that certain people


have made just in the past 20 years regarding end-time events and
the second coming of Jesus. Regardless of the hearts or motives
(which we can’t know anyway) of those individuals who make them,
what are the negative results of these failed predictions? How do
they make the ones who believed in those predictions feel? How do
these failed predictions make Christians in general appear to those
on the outside who see these failed predictions? As a people who
believe in prophecy and who look for end-time events as waymarks,
how do we strike the right balance in how we understand prophecy
and how we teach it to others?

11
i n s i d e
Story
Power of a Testimony
By Miguel Manuel Mafugula
I was born into a Sunday-keeping family in Milange, a town located just
two miles (three kilometers) from Mozambique’s border with Malawi.
My introduction to the Seventh-day Adventist Church came through a girl
named Adelina. She was 16 and in the seventh grade, and she asked me for
help with her homework. I was 21 and in the 10th grade.
After I helped her, she started talking about the Seventh-day Adventist
Church. She told me about the Sabbath and explained that God set aside
Saturday, not Sunday, as the day of worship.
Later, Adelina presented me with a Bible. She had underlined the fourth
commandment in Exodus 20:8–11 and Ezekiel 20:20, which says, “Hallow
my Sabbaths, and they will be a sign between Me and you” (NKJV). On one
page of the Bible, she wrote, “Go read Mark 2:27, 28.”
I turned to Mark and read Jesus’ words, “The Sabbath was made for man,
and not man for the Sabbath. Therefore the Son of Man is also Lord of the
Sabbath.”
When I read this, I realized that I had been observing the wrong day of
the week.
I decided to go to church with Adelina to learn more, and soon I was
worshiping on Saturday.
This caused problems at my Sunday church, where I had been serving as
youth director. The church’s pastor went to my father, and my father ordered
me to return. When I refused, my father declared, “If you can’t obey your
parents, then you can’t live with them.” He kicked me out of the house.
I told Adelina’s parents what had happened, and they gave me a place to
live until I finished high school. I was baptized two years later.
God helped me to graduate from high school and college and to get hired
as a chemistry teacher at the public high school in Milange. Later I married
Adelina, the girl who introduced me to the Sabbath.
God has been able to use my personal testimony in amazing ways. I’ve
shared it with the young people from my former Sunday church, and two
have become Adventists. I also told my parents, and
they were baptized.
I tell everyone: trust in the Lord daily. Nothing is
impossible for Him.

Part of this quarter’s Thirteenth Sabbath Offering will help


open the first Seventh-day Adventist elementary school in
Miguel’s hometown of Milange. Thank you for your mission
offering.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
12 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 1:1

Study Focus: In this lesson, our focus will be the prologue (Rev. 1:1–8) and
the book of Revelation, as a whole.

Introduction: The prologue to Revelation (Rev. 1:1–8) introduces the main


themes of the book in relatively plain language. These verses contain
no terrifying beasts, no heavenly journeys, and no sevenfold sequences.
Instead, they describe how the book got here (Rev. 1:1–3), who sent it to
the churches (Rev. 1:4–6), and how the events described by the book will
turn out in the end (Rev. 1:7, 8). The prologue expresses the centrality of
Jesus Christ to the whole book and prepares the reader for what is to come
in straightforward language.

Lesson Themes: The prologue to the book of Revelation introduces the


following themes:

I. Jesus Is the Central Figure of Revelation.


His centrality is made clear by the title of the book (Rev. 1:1), His qualities and
actions (Rev. 1:5, 6), and His central role at the Second Coming (Rev. 1:7).

II. The Book Concerns Future Events.


These events are not just end-time events. In fact, most of the events described
herein, relative to John’s day, were events through future history (Rev. 1:1).

III. The Visions of the Book Are Given in Symbolic Language.


This fact is clear from one of the key words in Revelation 1:1 and its allu-
sion to Daniel 2.

IV. The Threeness of God


There is a threefold description of the Trinity of God’s persons, qualities,
and actions in Revelation 1:4–6.

V. The Return of Jesus


Revelation 1:7, 8 addresses this ultimate culmination of all the events in the
book.

Life Application: The concluding questions that follow the commentary sec-
tion invite students to balance the powerful insights of the Seventh-day
Adventist understanding of Revelation with the centrality of Jesus Christ
throughout the book.

13
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


The “Overview” to the standard edition Bible study guide tells us that
the entire set of lessons is based on the Seventh-day Adventist concept of
Inspiration, the historicist method of prophetic interpretation, the unique
organizational structure of Revelation, and a Christ-centered approach to
interpretation.
The historicist method is supported by the broad structure of
Revelation itself. The book begins with the seven churches (Rev.
1:9–3:22), which concern the situation of John’s day and which pro-
phetically portray the situation of the church through history to the end
times. The seals and the trumpets also cover the period from the time
of John to the end of time (Rev. 4:1–11:19). Finally, the last half of the
book (Rev. 12:1–22:21) focuses mostly on the last days of earth’s history
and beyond. This method also is supported by the allusion to Daniel 2
in the first verse of the book (see the elaboration on this point in theme
III below).

Main Themes of Lesson 1 Elaborated:

I. Jesus Is the Central Figure of Revelation (Rev. 1:1, 5–7).


The book opens with a chain of revelation that centers in Jesus. He is the
first Person mentioned in the book and the One who passes the revelation
on to John (Rev. 1:1). What God gave to Jesus is called “the Revelation
of Jesus Christ” (Rev. 1:1). What Jesus passed on to John is called “the
testimony of Jesus” (Rev. 1:2). What John passed on to his readers was
“the words of this prophecy” (Rev. 1:3).
This chain of revelation is important for Seventh-day Adventists. It
indicates clearly that the testimony of Jesus here includes the book of
Revelation itself, as well as the visionary gift that John received (Rev.
1:2). The remnant of Revelation 12:17 also will later have the testimony
of Jesus, a visionary gift similar to the one John had, which also pro-
duced inspired writings.
So the prologue points to Jesus as the central figure of Revelation. The
book is a revelation from Jesus and about Jesus (Rev. 1:1). Jesus is quali-
fied for His special role by His death, resurrection, and heavenly reign
(Rev. 1:5). In the end, He also will come with the clouds (Rev. 1:7).

II. The Book Concerns Future Events.


Revelation 1:1 tells us that a major purpose of the book is to “show to his

14
teachers comments

servants what must soon take place” (RSV). These events are in the future,
from John’s perspective. But what does the text mean by “soon”? The
2,000 years that have passed since Revelation was written do not seem
like soon! So the word “soon” must clearly be from God’s perspective, in
which 1,000 years is like a day (2 Pet. 3:8).
But from our perspective the return of Jesus has always been soon, as
well. We don’t know when Jesus will actually come, but we do know that,
in terms of our own personal conscious experience (Eccles. 9:5), He will
seem to come an instant after we die. For each of us, individually, the
Second Coming is no more than a few moments after death. So the oppor-
tunity for us to get ready for His coming is now rather than sometime
in the future. If Jesus’ coming were not portrayed as soon, many people
would delay getting ready for His return.

III. The Vision Is Given in Symbolic Language.


Generally, the best way to approach Scripture is to take everything
literally, unless it is clear that a symbol is intended. In Revelation, the
opposite approach is indicated by the first verse. There, it tells us that the
entire vision given to John was “signified” (Rev. 1:1 [Greek: esêmanen] )
by either God or Jesus. The primary definition of the word “signified”
means to make something known by signs, speech, or actions. So in
Revelation the best way to approach the text is to treat everything as a
symbol, unless it is clear that a literal meaning is intended (for example,
“Jesus Christ” in Revelation 1:1 should be taken literally).
This insight takes even clearer shape when the reader discovers an
allusion to Daniel 2 in the first verse of the book. The only other place
in the Bible that combines the word “signified” with the unusual expres-
sion “what must soon take place” (Rev. 1:1, RSV, NIV [from the Greek: a
dei genesthai] ) is Daniel 2:45. Nebuchadnezzar’s dream of a great image
embodies the incident in which God “signified” (Dan. 2:45, Rev. 1:1) to
him what must take place in the last days. What was to be “in the last days”
in Daniel is now “soon” in Revelation.
At the very opening of the book of Revelation, therefore, one finds a
powerful allusion to Daniel 2. This allusion ties the two books together as
companion volumes. While Revelation alludes to many of the prophets,
there is a special bond between Revelation and the book of Daniel. So we
should expect some of the symbolism of Revelation to point to sequences
of history that run from the prophet’s time until the end of time.

15
teachers comments

IV. The Threeness of God


Revelation 1:4–6 opens the book with a threefold description of the Trinity. First
of all, there is a description of Persons: the Father (the One who is, was, and is to
come), the Holy Spirit (represented by the seven spirits), and Jesus Christ. Jesus
Christ is mentioned last because He is the subject of the next two descriptions.
Next comes a description of qualities that ground the role Jesus plays
in Revelation. He is the one who died (He is the faithful witness/martyr—­
from the Greek: martys), rose (the “first-born of the dead,” [RSV]), and
joined the Father on His throne (“ruler of the kings of the earth,” [NIV]).
The death and resurrection of Jesus provide the foundation of His heavenl­y
reign.
The final description is of actions. Jesus loves us (Greek, present tense),
has freed, or “washed” (two different Greek words that sound the same, but
are one letter different), us from our sins by His blood, and made us kings
and priests to God. The ultimate outcome of Jesus’ love, as expressed in His
death and resurrection, is to raise His people to the highest possible status:
kings and priests.

V. The Return of Jesus


The picture of Jesus’ return in Revelation 1:7 is based on allusions to Daniel
7 and Zechariah 12. The “He” of Revelation 1:7 (NKJV) clearly refers to
Jesus, as He has been the subject of the previous two verses. “Coming
with the clouds” (NIV) recalls the Son of Man who comes with clouds to
the Ancient of Days and receives dominion over the kingdoms of the earth
(Dan. 7:13, 14). In Revelation, Jesus’ right to rule over the earth is rec-
ognized in heaven at His ascension (Revelation 5) and on the earth at the
Second Coming (Rev. 1:7).
The allusion to Zechariah is particularly interesting. Notice the parallels
between Zechariah 12 and the book of Revelation. In Zechariah 12:7, 8, it
is Yahweh who comes. In Revelation, it is Jesus who comes. In Zechariah
12:10, it is Yahweh who is pierced; in Revelation, it is Jesus who is pierced. In
Zechariah, it is the inhabitants of Jerusalem who see God come (Zech. 12:8–
10); in Revelation, it is the whole earth that sees Jesus come. In Zechariah
12:11, 12, it is the clans of Jerusalem that mourn; in Revelation, it is the tribes
of the whole earth that mourn.
In Revelation’s use of the Old Testament, therefore, there is a shift in
emphasis from Yahweh to Jesus. There is a similar shift from the literal and
local things of Israel to the spiritual, worldwide impact of the gospel and the
church.

16
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


1. The lesson focuses on the opening to the book of Revelation, or the
prologue (Rev. 1:1–8). One way to begin the lesson would be to ask,
“What is your favorite Bible story opening?” Students might give
such answers as “baby Moses in the bulrushes,” “the diet test for
Daniel and his three friends in Daniel 1,” “the anointing of David,
the shepherd boy,” or “angels visiting the shepherds at Jesus’
birth,” as examples. How does the opening of a Bible story or book
affect the way you understand the rest of the story?

2. The lesson brings out two things that are very important through-
out the book of Revelation: (a) the centrality of Jesus Christ and
(b) the historicist reading of Revelation. The teacher can invite
his or her students to discuss such questions as What value does
the historicist approach offer in today’s world? How do the histori-
cal details of the historicist interpretation of Revelation uplift Jesus
Christ as the center of all hope? Some answers to the first of these
questions: The historicist approach (a) answers the three great
philosophical questions: Who am I? Where did I come from?
Where am I going? (b) helps us see the hand of God in history;
(c) gives us confidence in the midst of chaos that God is still in
control of history; and (d) gives us confidence that, because God
has been active throughout history, the hope that we have for the
end also is sure.

17
L esson 2 *January 5–11
(page 12 of Standard Edition)

Among the Lampstands

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 1:9–18; Acts 7:54–60;
Matt. 12:8; Exod. 20:11; Dan. 10:5, 6; Rev. 1:20; Rev. 2:1–7.

Memory Text: “ ‘He who has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit
says to the churches’ ” (Revelation 2:7, NKJV).

P
salm 73 describes the psalmist’s bewilderment as he observed the
boastful pride of the ungodly. They lived in abundance and ease,
in contrast to the suffering of the righteous. This injustice greatly
troubled the psalmist (Ps. 73:2–16), who, in his perplexity, went to the
sanctuary (Ps. 73:16, 17). There, in the presence of God, he was given
a deeper understanding of the matter.
Centuries later, an aged apostle found himself on a rocky prison
island because of his faithful witness. In his distress, he got the news
that the churches under his care were suffering. Yet, at that critical
moment, he was given a vision of the resurrected Christ in the heavenly
sanctuary. Here, as with the psalmist, the Lord revealed to John some
mysteries of this life and the struggles it brings. This sanctuary scene
provided him with the assurance of Christ’s presence and care—an
assurance that John was to pass on to these churches and to the suc-
ceeding generations of Christians throughout the centuries until the end
of this world’s history.
This week, in addition to introducing Christ’s ministry in the heav-
enly sanctuary, we will begin looking at the first of His seven special
messages to His church, addressed collectively to the seven churches
in Asia, but which also have meaning for us today. Next week, we will
look at His messages to the other six churches.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, January 12.


18
S unday January 6
(page 13 of Standard Edition)

On Patmos
Read Revelation 1:9. What does John tell us of the circumstances in
which he received the visions of Revelation?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Patmos is a barren, rocky island in the Aegean Sea; it is ten miles
long and six miles across its widest part. The Romans used it, together
with other surrounding islands, as a penal colony for banished political
offenders. Early Christian authors living relatively close to the time of
the writing of the book of Revelation state unanimously that Roman
authorities had banished John to Patmos because of his faithfulness to
the gospel. On Patmos, the aged apostle surely endured all the hard-
ships of Roman imprisonment. He probably was treated as a criminal,
chained in fetters, given insufficient food, and forced to perform hard
labor under the lash of the whip of merciless Roman guards.
“Patmos, a barren, rocky island in the Aegean Sea, had been chosen
by the Roman government as a place of banishment for criminals; but
to the servant of God this gloomy abode became the gate of heaven.
Here, shut away from the busy scenes of life, and from the active labors
of former years, he had the companionship of God and Christ and the
heavenly angels, and from them he received instruction for the church
for all future time.”—Ellen G. White, The Acts of the Apostles, pp. 570,
571.

What other Bible characters have endured hardship, even despite


(or maybe even because of) their faithfulness to God? See Dan.
3:16–23, Acts 7:54–60.

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The followers of Christ should never forget that whenever they find
themselves in circumstances similar to those of John, they are not left
alone. The same Jesus who came to John with the words of hope and
encouragement in the midst of his hardship on Patmos still is present
with His people to sustain and support them in their difficult situations.

How can we understand the difference between suffering for


Christ’s sake and suffering for other reasons, including our own
wrong choices? Or what about suffering for reasons we cannot
fathom? How can we learn to trust the Lord in every situation?

19
M onday January 7
(page 14 of Standard Edition)

On the Lord’s Day


Read Revelation 1:10 along with Exodus 31:13, Isaiah 58:13, and
Matthew 12:8. According to these texts, what day is clearly speci-
fied in the Bible as the Lord’s? How meaningful must this day have
been for John in the midst of his hardships?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
“It was on the Sabbath that the Lord of glory appeared to the exiled
apostle. The Sabbath was as sacredly observed by John on Patmos as
when he was preaching to the people in the towns and cities of Judea.
He claimed as his own the precious promises that had been given
regarding that day.”—Ellen G. White, The Acts of the Apostles, p. 581.
Revelation 1:10 clearly suggests that the apostle John received the
vision on the seventh-day Sabbath. Although looking with anticipation
toward future events, even to the second coming of Christ (compare with
Rev. 1:7), which is called “the day of the Lord” (Isa. 13:6–13; 2  Pet.
3:10), John was talking about the time at which he, himself, had the vision
of these future events, and that was on the Sabbath—the “Lord’s day.”
No question that amid his sufferings this vision-filled Sabbath must
have become to him a foretaste of a life free from suffering, which he
and the faithful of all ages will experience after the Second Coming.
Indeed, in Jewish thinking the Sabbath is deemed as a foretaste of the
olam haba, “the world to come.”
“The Sabbath, which God had instituted in Eden, was . . . precious to
John on the lonely isle. . . .
“What a Sabbath was that to the lonely exile, always precious in the
sight of Christ, but now more than ever exalted! Never had he learned
so much of Jesus. Never had he heard such exalted truth.”—Ellen G.
White Comments, The SDA Bible Commentary, vol. 7, p. 955.

Compare the two versions of the fourth commandment of


the Decalogue in Exodus 20:11 and Deuteronomy 5:15. These
texts point to the seventh-day Sabbath as a memorial of both
Creation and deliverance, reminding us that God both made us
and redeemed us. How can we, each Sabbath, resolve to keep
before ourselves the reality of God, both as our Creator and as
our Redeemer? Think about this, too: What good would it be
for Him to be our Creator without His being our Redeemer, as
well?

20
T uesday January 8
(page 15 of Standard Edition)

John’s Vision of Christ on Patmos


Read Revelation 1:12–18. Compare John’s portrayal of Christ with
the divine being described in Daniel 10:5, 6. How does Jesus appear
in John’s vision? What is He doing?

_____________________________________________________
John sees Jesus dressed as High Priest, walking among the lamp-
stands. The picture of Jesus walking among the lampstands points to
God’s promise to ancient Israel that He would walk among them as
their God (Lev. 26:12). In Revelation, the lampstands represent the
seven churches in Asia to which Revelation was originally sent (Rev.
1:20), and (as we will see on Wednesday) the lampstands also symbol-
ize God’s church throughout history. Through the Holy Spirit, Jesus’
watchcare continues to be over His church on earth. He will be continu-
ally with His people until He brings them to their eternal home.
Moreover, the picture of Jesus as High Priest among the lampstands
is drawn from the ritual practice in the Jerusalem temple. The daily
task of an appointed priest was to keep the lamps in the Holy Place
burning brightly. He would trim and refill the lamps that were waning,
replace the wicks on the lamps that had gone out, refill them with fresh
oil, and then relight them. In such a way, the priest became acquainted
personally with the situation of each individual lamp. In the same way,
Jesus is acquainted with the needs and circumstances of His people and
intercedes for them personally.

Read Revelation 2:2, 9, 13, 19; Revelation 3:1, 8, 15. What does the
statement “I know” say about Jesus’ acquaintance with the situa-
tions and needs of God’s people?

_____________________________________________________
Jesus identified Himself with the titles of God as “the first and . . .
the last” (see Isa. 44:6, Isa. 48:12). The Greek word for “last” is escha-
tos, from which the word eschatology (the study of end-time events)
comes. The meaning of this word shows that the focus of eschatology
is on Jesus Christ, who has the last word on final events. He is the One
“ ‘who lives’ ” and possesses “ ‘the keys of Hades and of Death’ ” (Rev.
1:18, NKJV). By His death and resurrection, Jesus has been given the
authority to open the gates of death (Job 17:16, Ps. 9:13). All who trust
in Him will rise from the grave to everlasting life (1 Cor. 15:21–23).
Jesus’ faithful followers don’t need to fear, because even the dead are
under His watchcare. And if that is so with the dead, how much more
is it so with the living? (See 1 Thess. 4:16, 17.)

21
W ednesday January 9
(page 16 of Standard Edition)

Christ’s Messages for Then and Now


Read Revelation 1:11, 19, 20. Jesus also spoke seven distinctive mes-
sages for the churches in Asia. What does the fact that there were
more than seven churches in the province suggest, in general, about
the symbolic significance of these messages for Christians?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The messages that Jesus directed John to send to the seven churches
are recorded in Revelation 2 and 3. Their meanings apply on three
levels:
Historical application. Those messages originally were sent to
seven churches located in prosperous cities of first-century Asia. The
Christians there faced serious challenges. Several cities set up emperor
worship in their temples as a token of their loyalty to Rome. Emperor
worship became compulsory. Citizens also were expected to partici-
pate in public events and pagan religious ceremonies. Because many
Christians refused to participate in these practices, they faced trials and,
at times, even martyrdom. Commissioned by Christ, John wrote the
seven messages to help believers deal with these challenges.
Prophetic application. Revelation is a prophetic book, but only
seven churches were chosen to receive its messages. This fact points
to the prophetic character of the messages, as well. The spiritual con-
ditions in the seven churches coincide with the spiritual conditions of
God’s church in different historical periods. The seven messages are
intended to provide, from Heaven’s perspective, a panoramic survey
of the spiritual state of Christianity from the first century to the end
of the world.
Universal application. Just as the entire book of Revelation was sent
as one letter that was to be read in every church (Rev. 1:11, Rev. 22:16),
so the seven messages also contain lessons that can apply to Christians
in every age. In such a way, the messages represent different types of
Christians in different places and times. For instance, while the general
characteristic of Christianity today is Laodicean, some Christians may
identify with the characteristics of some of the other churches. The
good news is that whatever our spiritual condition, God “meets fallen
human beings where they are.”—Ellen G. White, Selected Messages,
book 1, p. 22.

Suppose the Lord were to write a letter today to your local


church, a letter written in the form of the messages to the seven
churches. What might such a letter say about the challenges
your church is facing, as well as its spiritual condition?

22
T hursday January 10
(page 17 of Standard Edition)

Message to the Church in Ephesus


Ephesus was the capital and the largest city in the Roman province
of Asia, located on the major trade routes. As the chief seaport of Asia,
it was a very important commercial and religious center. The city was
filled with such public buildings as temples, theaters, gymnasiums,
bathhouses, and brothels. It also was known for the practice of magic
and was notorious for immorality and superstition. Yet, the most influ-
ential Christian church in the province was in Ephesus.

Read Revelation 2:1–4. How does Jesus present Himself to the church
in Ephesus? For what great qualities does Jesus commend this
church? What concern does Jesus express?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
In their early days, the Ephesian believers were known for their faith-
fulness and love (Eph. 1:15). Although they experienced pressure both
from outside and inside the church, the Christians in Ephesus remained
firm and faithful. They were hardworking and obedient to the truth;
indeed, they could not tolerate false apostles in their midst. However,
their love for Christ and their fellow members began to wane. Although
the church stood firm and faithful, without Christ’s love even their own
lamp was in danger of going out.

Read Revelation 2:5–7. What three things does Jesus urge church members
to do in order to revive their first love and devotion to Christ and to their
fellow believers? How are these three things sequentially related?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Prophetically, the situation in the church in Ephesus corresponds to the
general situation and spiritual condition of the church from a.d. 31–100.
The apostolic church was characterized by love and faithfulness to the
gospel. But by the end of the first century, the church began losing the
fire of its first love, thus departing from the simplicity and purity of the
gospel.

Imagine yourself as part of a congregation whose love is waning.


The members may not be practicing any known or open sin. On
one level, they are even doing what’s right; yet, they suffer from
formalism and coldness. How can Jesus’ counsel here free such a
church from this situation?

23
F riday January 11
(page 18 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “Patmos,” pp. 568–577, in


The Acts of the Apostles.

“The persecution of John became a means of grace. Patmos was


made resplendent with the glory of a risen Saviour. John had seen
Christ in human form, with the marks of the nails, which will ever be
his glory, in his hands and his feet. Now he was permitted again to
behold his risen Lord, clothed with as much glory as a human being
could behold, and live.
“The appearance of Christ to John should be to all, believers and
unbelievers, an evidence that we have a risen Christ. It should give liv-
ing power to the church. At times dark clouds surround God’s people.
It seems as if oppression and persecution would extinguish them. But
at such times the most instructive lessons are given. Christ often enters
prisons, and reveals himself to his chosen ones. He is in the fire with
them at the stake. As in the darkest night the stars shine the brightest,
so the most brilliant beams of God’s glory are revealed in the deepest
gloom. The darker the sky, the more clear and impressive are the beams
of the Sun of Righteousness, the risen Saviour.”—Ellen G. White, The
Youth’s Instructor, April 5, 1900.

Discussion Questions:
 John shares with the readers what he saw and heard on Patmos.
As you read Revelation 1:12–20, what do you see and hear? What
words of comfort can you take from the truths revealed in this
vision?

 In Revelation 14:7, the first angel urges the inhabitants of the


earth at the time of the end to “ ‘worship Him who made heaven
and earth, the sea and springs of water’ ” (NKJV). This language
is taken from Exodus 20:11. What does the first angel’s message
tell us about the end-time significance of the Sabbath, as revealed
in Revelation?

 There’s a strange irony that many Christians face. The longer


they are in the church, the easier it is for their faith to grow dim
or even to die out. The opposite, though, should happen. After all,
the longer we walk with Jesus, the more we should learn about
Him and His love for us. How, then, can we keep the fire of faith
not only burning, but burning brighter and brighter, as it should?

24
i n s i d e
Story
Gift of a Child
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Janice Clark never planned to adopt a former student’s baby, but then the
telephone rang on a cold March day.
“I’m having a baby that I can’t keep, and I’m wondering if you will have
him,” Annette said.
“What do you mean by ‘have him’?” asked Janice, a 47-year-old physi-
cal education teacher at Mamawi Atosketan Native School, a Seventh-day
Adventist mission school for First Nations children in the Canadian province
of Alberta.
“I want you to adopt him,” said Annette, 18, already the mother of two.
Janice didn’t think the girl was serious, but she tried to organize a meeting
with Annette and her parents. Every effort fell through.
Two months later, Janice’s phone rang. It was Annette.
“Could you come to the hospital to support me tomorrow when I give
birth?” she asked.
She was going to have the baby by Caesarean section.
Janice and her husband, who have five biological children and four foster
children, arrived at the hospital in the early morning. The nurse greeted them
with the words, “Oh, you’re the adoptive parents.”
Janice was shocked. She had thought that Annette had other plans for the
baby because adoption had only been mentioned once in that single phone call.
In the hospital room, Janice asked the expectant mother about her plans.
“What’s the baby’s name?” she asked.
“It’s your baby,” Annette said. “You should name him.”
Only then did it sink in that this would be her adopted baby.
A healthy boy was born a few hours later, on May 12, 2016. Janice stayed
at the hospital that night and brought the baby home a day later. She named
him Huxley.
Janice believes that Annette gave her the baby because of the teachers’ love
at the school.
“It’s not about me personally,” she said. “I worked with her family at this
school for many years. She and all her siblings know that the teachers love
them. That’s why she asked us to be the boy’s parents.”
Tears formed in Janice’s eyes as she spoke.
“It’s so humbling to think that I am part of this pic-
ture,” she said. “I’m expected to teach Huxley about
his Creator.”
Part of the second quarter 2018 Thirteenth Sabbath Offering
helped Mamawi Atosketan Native School expand its education
program. The former student’s name has been changed.
“God knows what is happening, and He has perfect timing,”
Janice said. “All we can say is ‘Praise the Lord!’ ”

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 25
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 2:7

Study Focus: Our focus this lesson will be on the introduction to the messages
to the seven churches (Rev. 1:9–2:7).

Introduction: Revelation 1:9–20 provides the backdrop for the messages to the
seven churches in chapters 2 and 3. Aspects of the glorious vision of Christ
provide the unique setting for each of the seven messages. Jesus knows each
of the seven churches and meets them where they are. The lesson closes with
a more detailed look at the message to the church in Ephesus (Rev. 2:1–7).

Lesson Themes: The focus passage (Rev. 1:9–2:7) introduces the follow-
ing themes:

I. The Identity of the Lord’s Day in Revelation 1:10


The Sabbath is the best explanation for John’s understanding of the Lord’s Day.

II. Jesus Meets the Churches Where They Are.


Jesus approaches each of the seven churches with different characteristics
drawn from the introductory vision (Rev. 1:9–20).

III. John’s Basic Outline of Revelation (Based on Revelation 1:19)


In Revelation 1:19 John summarizes the whole vision as concerning the
things that are and the things that will happen in the future. Revelation 4:1
shows that much of Revelation focuses on the future. This future begins in
John’s time and extends until the end of time.

IV. Interpreting the Seven Messages to the Seven Churches


The messages to the seven churches contain information for the actual
churches in Asia Minor, but they also parallel the spiritual conditions of
Christianity in different historical periods.

Life Application: Students are invited to consider the implications of the


startling picture of Jesus in Revelation 1:12–16, John’s reaction to this
picture (Rev. 1:17), and Jesus’ gracious and comforting response to John
(Rev. 1:17, 18).

26
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Revelation’s introductory vision (Rev. 1:12–18) centers on a glorious
picture of Jesus. He is “like the Son of Man” (Rev. 1:13), the One
who died and is alive forevermore (Rev. 1:18). Based on Daniel 10:5,
6 and a number of other Old Testament texts, this vision portrays the
glory of Jesus otherwise seen only at the Transfiguration during His
earthly minis­try. The characteristics of Jesus in the vision are repeated
throughout the seven messages of chapters 2 and 3. The vision is like
the stage backdrop to the first act of a play.
In addition to the vision of Jesus (Rev. 1:12–18), the lesson addresses
the location and time when John received the vision (Rev. 1:9–11), a
basic interpretation of the vision (Rev. 1:19, 20), and an analysis of the
message to the church at Ephesus (Rev. 2:1–7).

Main Themes of Lesson 2 Elaborated:

I. The Identity of the Lord’s Day in Revelation 1:10


The most popular view among commentators is that the “Lord’s Day”
of Revelation 1:10 is Sunday, the first day of the week. The strength
of this view is that later church fathers used the phrase with reference
to Sunday, and the Latin equivalent, dominus dies, became one of
the names for Sunday in the Latin Church. But all clear references to
Sunday as “the Lord’s Day” are much later than Revelation and, thus,
cannot serve as evidence for the meaning referenced when John wrote.
The best explanation for the Lord’s Day in Revelation 1:10 is that
John was referring to the seventh-day Sabbath. While the exact phrase
“the Lord’s Day” (kuriakê hemêra) is never used elsewhere in the New
Testament or in the Greek translation of the Old Testament, many strong
equivalents refer to the seventh-day Sabbath. The seventh day is “the
Sabbath of the Lord [kuriô] thy God” (Exod. 20:10, Deut. 5:14). “The
Lord” (kurios) often refers to the seventh day as “my Sabbath” (ta sab-
bata mou—Exod. 31:12, 13; Lev. 19:3, 30; Lev. 26:2; Isa. 56:4–6; Ezek.
20:12, 13, 16, 20, 21, 24; Ezek. 22:3–8; Ezek. 23:36–38; Ezek. 44:12–
24). In the Hebrew of Isaiah 58:13, Yahweh calls the Sabbath “My holy
day” (NKJV). And finally, all three Synoptic Gospels (Matt. 12:8; Mark
2:27, 28; Luke 6:5) quote Jesus as saying that “the Son of Man is Lord
. . . of the Sabbath [kurios tou sabbatou].” It would be strange, therefore,
if John used the phrase “the Lord’s Day” for any other day of the week
than the one we call Saturday.

27
teachers comments

II. Jesus Meets the Churches Where They Are.


Jesus appears on the scene of Revelation in spectacular fashion (Rev.
1:12–20). The same Jesus is in close relationship with the seven churches
(Rev. 1:20). He knows each of them intimately (Rev. 2:2, 9, 13, 19; Rev.
3:1, 8, 15). And He introduces Himself to each church with one, two, or
three characteristics from the earlier vision.
The message to Ephesus (Rev. 2:1–7), for example, describes Jesus
as the One who holds the seven stars in His hand (Rev. 1:20) and walks
among the seven golden lampstands (Rev. 1:12, 13). In the message to
Smyrna (Rev. 2:8), Jesus is the First and the Last, the One who died
and came back to life (Rev. 1:17, 18). In the letter to Pergamum, He
approaches with a sharp, two-edged sword (Rev. 2:12, Rev. 1:16). So it
goes throughout the seven church letters.
Here’s the interesting thing. Jesus presents Himself in a different way to
each of the seven churches. He is able to adapt to each church’s particular
needs and circumstances. In other words, He meets each church as it is.
And if no church and no Christian has the full picture of Jesus, then we
all have reason to be humble. We are all learners, even with all that we
have been given.

III. John’s Basic Outline of Revelation (Based on Revelation 1:19)


The author of Revelation often embeds clues about the organization
and key ideas of the book in the transition texts. One of those transi-
tion texts is Revelation 1:19. In this text, John lays out the plan of the
whole book. The text begins, “ ‘Write, therefore, what you have seen’ ”
(author’s translation). This sentence parallels Revelation 1:11: “ ‘Write
what you see’  ” (author’s translation). Revelation 1:11 is present tense
and Revelation 1:19 is past tense (Greek aorist indicative). This means
the entire vision of Revelation was given between the command in
Revelation 1:11 and the command in Revelation 1:19. Now he is told
to write it out.
What has John seen? Two things: “The things which are” and “the
things which shall be hereafter” (Rev. 1:19). So the book of Revelation
includes both things current at the time of the seven churches and
things that were yet to come, from their perspective.
In Revelation 4:1 Jesus says to John, “Come up here, and I will show
you what must take place after these things” (NASB; emphasis supplied).
This statement is similar to Revelation 1:19. Beginning with Revelation
4:1, the rest of Revelation focuses primarily on the future after John’s
time. While there are flashbacks to the cross (Rev. 5:6, Rev. 12:11), and

28
teachers comments

even events before Creation (Rev. 12:4, 7, 9), the primary focus, for most
of the book, is events future to John’s day.
What, then, are “the things which are and the things which will take
place after this” in Revelation 1:19? The answer: everything between
Revelation 1:19 and 4:1, namely, the messages to the seven churches.
As the lesson brings out, the seven messages also have prophetic signifi-
cance for the whole Christian era, in addition to addressing the situation
of those seven churches and the messages that Jesus brings to them.
Careful attention to Revelation 1:19 shows how key texts of Revelation
can help readers see the structure in John’s mind and in the mind of the
One who gave him the vision.

IV. Interpreting the Seven Messages to the Seven Churches


The messages to the seven churches are “prophetic letters.” They are
more like Matthew 24 than they are like Daniel 7 or Revelation 13. So
their message concerns seven actual churches in Asia Minor, the ones
that originally received them (Rev. 1:4, 11), and, by extension, for all
those who read these messages (Rev. 1:3; Rev. 2:7, 11, 17, 29; and so
on).
There were, however, more than seven churches in Asia Minor, but the
spiritual conditions in those churches parallel the spiritual conditions of
Christianity in different historical periods from the time of John until
today. So embedded in these messages to seven historical churches was
a grand survey of the major developments of Christian history. These
periods are briefly discussed in the specific comments on each church
in lessons 2 and 3.

V. The Messages to the Church in Ephesus


The church in Ephesus is the first congregation addressed by Jesus,
describing Himself as the One who walks in the midst of the seven
golden lampstands and holds the seven stars in His right hand (Rev.
2:1). The verbs “walks” and “holds” portray Jesus’ personal care
and close attention. Despite Jesus’ care for them, the church loses
its original love for Him becoming distracted with other things and
needs to repent. This first message applies not only to the first-century
church of Ephesus but reflects Jesus’ assessment more generally of the
Christian church in the first century. Little by little the early Christians’
first love experience subsided and the need for a turning back to their
earlier fervency became evident (see 1 John 4:7–11).

29
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


1. Why is the gracious, forgiving Jesus, who washed the feet of His disci-
ples, portrayed in such a spectacular and startling way in Revelation
1:12–16? While the appearance of Jesus frightened John to his
core, fear was not the response Jesus desired (Rev. 1:17, 18). Like
an elementary school teacher in the classroom, God sometimes has
to earn our respect before we will take His graciousness seriously.
But to truly know God is to love Him. The Father is just like Jesus
(John 14:9).

2. What does the description of Jesus in Revelation 1 say to us


about Jesus’ appeal to all humanity? In John’s vision of Jesus in
Revelation 1, Jesus is carefully described as “One like the Son of
Man,” having white hair and eyes like a flame of fire. His counte-
nance was like the sun shining in its strength, and He holds stars
in His right hand. He is the “first and the last” and possesses the
keys to Hades and Death. This description certainly is reminiscent
of the “One like the Son of Man” in Daniel 7:13, and God-fearing
Jews who longed for their Messiah would certainly take notice.
Commentators also have mentioned, however, that the description
of Jesus would likewise appeal to Gentiles with some of their ideas
of deity. For sure, Jesus is presented as the One who can fulfill the
true longings of all humanity. He meets us where we are and lifts
us up. He is like us yet possesses the keys to Hades and Death. He
is all-powerful yet wise and caring. He is humanity’s true desire.

30
L esson 3 *January 12–18
(page 20 of Standard Edition)

Jesus’ Messages to the


Seven Churches

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 2:8–11, Rev. 2:12–17,
Rev. 2:18–29, Rev. 3:1–6, Rev. 3:7–13, Rev. 3:14–22, Isa. 61:10.

Memory Text: “ ‘ “To him who overcomes I will grant to sit with
Me on My throne, as I also overcame and sat down with My Father
on His throne” ’ ” (Revelation 3:21, NKJV).

F
rom Patmos, Jesus sent a letter via John with seven messages to His
people. While those messages concern the churches in Asia of John’s
day, they also each prophetically portray in symbols the condition of the
church throughout history.
A side-by-side comparison of these messages shows that they follow
the same sixfold structure. Each opens with Jesus addressing the specific
church by name. The second part begins with the phrase, “ ‘ “These things
says . . . ” ’ ” (NKJV), in which Jesus introduces Himself to each church using
descriptions and symbols found in chapter 1. Those descriptions of Jesus
were suited to the specific needs of each church. Thus, Jesus pointed to His
ability to meet their different struggles and situations. Next, Jesus gives an
appraisal of the church, and then He counsels the church how to get out of
its predicaments. Finally, each message concludes with an appeal to hear the
Spirit’s message and with promises to the overcomers.
As we saw in last week’s lesson in our analysis of the message to the first
church in Ephesus, and as we will see this week in our study of the remaining
six messages, Jesus offers hope and answers the needs of each church in each
situation. Hence, surely He can meet our needs today, as well.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, January 19.

31
S unday January 13
(page 21 of Standard Edition)

Christ’s Messages to Smyrna and


Pergamum
Smyrna was a beautiful and wealthy city, but it also was a center of
mandated emperor worship. Refusing to comply with this mandate could
lead to the loss of legal status, to persecution, and even to martyrdom.

Read Revelation 2:8–11. How does the way that Jesus presents Himself to
this church relate to the church’s situation? What was the situation of
the church? What warning does Jesus give to the church about what
was coming?

The message to the church in Smyrna applies prophetically to the


church in the postapostolic era, when Christians were viciously perse-
cuted by the Roman Empire. The “ten days” mentioned in Revelation
2:10 point to the ten years of the Diocletian persecution from a.d. 303
until a.d. 313, when Constantine the Great issued the Edict of Milan,
which granted Christians religious freedom.
Pergamum was the center of various pagan cults, including the cult of
Asclepius, the Greek god of healing, who was called “the Savior” and
was represented by a serpent. People came from all over to the shrine
of Asclepius to be healed. Pergamum had a leading role in promoting
the cult of emperor worship, which, as in Smyrna, was compulsory. No
wonder Jesus said that the Christians in Pergamum lived in the city where
Satan’s seat is and where his throne was located.

Read Revelation 2:12–15. How does Jesus present Himself to this


church? What was His appraisal of its spiritual condition?

The Christians in Pergamum faced temptations from both outside


and inside the church. While most of them remained faithful, some, the
“Nicolaitans,” advocated compromise with paganism in order to avoid
persecution. Like Balaam, who apostatized and enticed the Israelites to
sin against God on the way to the Promised Land (Num. 31:16), these
members found it more convenient, and even rewarding, to compromise
their faith. Though the Jerusalem Council had forbidden “things offered
to idols” and “sexual immorality” (Acts 15:29, NKJV), the doctrine of
Balaam taught church members to reject this decision. The only solution
Jesus can offer to Pergamum is: “ ‘ “Repent” ’ ” (Rev. 2:16, NKJV).
The church in Pergamum is a prophetic picture of the church from
approximately a.d. 313–538. Although some members in the church
remained faithful, spiritual decline and apostasy increased rapidly.

What does it mean not to deny “ ‘ “My faith” ’ ” (Rev. 2:13, NKJV;
see also Rev. 14:12)? How can our refusal to deny our faith help us
to resist compromise and be “ ‘faithful unto death’ ” (Rev. 2:10)?
32
M onday January 14
(page 22 of Standard Edition)

Christ’s Message to Thyatira


In comparison with other cities, Thyatira had no political or cultural
significance that we know of. Furthermore, the church was obscure. In
order to run a business or have a job, people in the Roman Empire had
to belong to trade guilds. Thyatira was especially noted for enforcing
this requirement. Guild members had to attend the guild festivals and
participate in temple rituals, which often included immoral activi-
ties. Those who did not comply faced exclusion from the guilds and
economic sanctions. For Christians at that time, that meant choosing
between total compromise or total exclusion for the sake of the gospel.

Read Revelation 2:18–29. How does Jesus present Himself to the


church in Thyatira (see also Dan. 10:6)? What were the qualities
that Jesus commended the church for, and what issue troubled it?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Like the church in Pergamum, the church in Thyatira was pushed
to compromise with the pagan environment. The name “Jezebel”
refers to the wife of King Ahab, who led Israel into apostasy (1 Kings
16:31–33). Jesus portrays Jezebel as spiritually immoral (Rev. 2:20).
Those church members who compromised the truth and adopted
“unclean” pagan ideas and practices were committing spiritual adul-
tery with her.
The church in Thyatira symbolizes the condition of Christianity from
a.d. 538 to 1565. During this time, the danger to God’s people did not
come from outside the church but from within. Tradition replaced the
Bible, a human priesthood and sacred relics replaced Christ’s priest-
hood, and works were regarded as the means of salvation. Those
who did not accept these corrupting influences were persecuted and
even killed. For centuries the true church found refuge in wilderness
areas (see Rev. 12:6, 13, 14). But Jesus also commends the church in
Thyatira for their faith and love, works and service—pointing to the
Reformation and the beginnings of a return to the Bible.

Think about the words of Revelation 2:25: “ ‘ “Hold fast what
you have till I come” ’ ” (NKJV). What do those words mean to us,
both corporately and individually? What do we have from Jesus
that we must hold on to?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

33
T uesday January 15
(page 23 of Standard Edition)

Christ’s Message to Sardis


Sardis had a glorious history. But by the Roman period, the city had
lost its prestige. While the city was still enjoying wealth, its glory was
rooted in its past history rather than in present reality. The ancient city
had been built on top of a steep hill and was nearly impregnable. Because
the citizens felt so secure, the city walls were guarded carelessly.

Read Revelation 3:1–6 along with Matthew 24:42–44 and 1 Thessalonians


5:1–8. What three things does Jesus urge the Christians in Sardis to
do as a cure for their spiritual condition? How did Jesus’ warning to
“watch” correspond to the city’s history?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
While Jesus recognizes a few Christians in Sardis as faithful, most of
them are spiritually dead. The church is not charged with any open sin
or apostasy (as are those in Pergamum and Thyatira) but with spiritual
lethargy.
The message to the church in Sardis applies prophetically to the
spiritual situation of the Protestants in the post-Reformation period, from
approximately 1565 to 1740, as the church degenerated into lifeless
formalism and a state of spiritual complacency. Under the impact of the
rising tide of rationalism and secularism, the church’s focus on the sav-
ing grace of the gospel and commitment to Christ waned, giving place
to creedal and dry philosophical arguments. The church of this period,
although appearing to be alive, was spiritually dead.
Jesus’ message to Sardis also applies to every generation of
Christians. There are Christians who always talk in glorious terms of
their past faithfulness to Christ. Unfortunately, these same Christians
do not have much to share about their present experience with Christ.
Their religion is nominal, lacking the true religion of the heart and
genuine commitment to the gospel.

Keeping ever before us the great truth of salvation by faith in


Christ alone, in what ways could we say that our works have not
been found “perfect” before God? What does that mean, and how
can we “perfect” our works before Him? See Matt. 5:44–48.

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
34
W ednesday January 16
(page 24 of Standard Edition)

Christ’s Message to Philadelphia


The sixth church addressed by Jesus was Philadelphia (meaning
“brotherly love”). The city was located on an imperial trade road and
served as the gateway—an “open door”—to a large, fertile plateau.
Excavations indicate that Philadelphia was a center to which people
came for health and healing. Shaken by frequent earthquakes, the city’s
inhabitants moved to the countryside, living in humble huts.

Read Revelation 3:7–9. How does the way that Jesus presents Himself
relate to the situation of this church? What does Jesus’ statement
“ ‘ “ You have a little strength” ’ ” (Rev. 3:8, NKJV) say about the
condition of the church?

_____________________________________________________
The message to this church applies prophetically to the great revival
of Protestantism during the First and Second Awakenings that took
place in Great Britian and America, from about 1740 to 1844. Given
the light they had, God’s people did indeed seek to keep “ ‘ “My
word” ’ ” (Rev. 3:8, NKJV) at this time. There was a growing emphasis
on obedience to God’s commandments and pure living. The “open
door” is apparently the way into the heavenly sanctuary, because
“ ‘ “the temple of my God” ’ ” is also mentioned (Rev. 3:12, compare
Rev. 4:1, 2). One door being closed and another door being opened
point to the change that would take place in Christ’s high-priestly min-
istry, in 1844.

Read Revelation 3:10–13. What indications are given that time is short
and that the coming of Jesus is drawing near? What is the signifi-
cance of God’s name being written on His people (see 2 Tim. 2:19)?
If a name represents a person’s character, what does Exodus 34:6
tell us about those who bear God’s name?

Great revivals took place in churches on both sides of the Atlantic.


In the years leading up to 1844, the message of Christ’s soon coming
was procalimed in many parts of the world. God’s promise to write
His name on those who overcome indicates that God’s character will
be seen in His people. Just as important as the message that Christ is
coming soon is the message that Christ promises to make His people
ready for that great event by forgiving their sins and writing His law in
their hearts (see Phil. 1:6; Heb. 10:16, 17).
What does the hope of Christ’s soon coming mean to you? How
does Christ’s promise to complete the work He has begun give
us assurance?

35
T hursday January 17
(page 25 of Standard Edition)

Christians in Laodicea
The last church addressed by Jesus was in Laodicea, a wealthy city
situated on a major trade road. It was famous for its woolen manufacturing
industry; its banks (which held a vast quantity of gold); and a medical school,
which produced eye salve. The prosperity of Laodicea filled its citizens with
self-sufficiency. Around a.d. 60, when an earthquake destroyed the city, the
citizens declined an offer of assistance from Rome, claiming to have all they
needed to do the job. Because the city lacked water, it was supplied through
an aqueduct that came from the hot springs at Hierapolis. The source was
distant from Laodicea, so the water became lukewarm by the time it got there.

Read Revelation 3:14–17 along with Hosea 12:8. How did the self-sufficient
spirit of the city pervade the Laodicean Christians?

Jesus did not rebuke the Christians in Laodicea for a serious sin, such
as heresy or apostasy. Rather, their problem was complacency leading to
spiritual lethargy. Like the water that reached the city, they were neither
refreshingly cold nor hot, but lukewarm. They claimed to be rich and in need
of nothing; yet they were poor, naked, and blind to their spiritual condition.
The church in Laodicea symbolizes the spiritual condition of God’s
church near the close of this earth’s history, as certain links with end-time
portions of Revelation show. One such link, as given in Jesus’ parenthetical
warning in Revelation 16:15, refers back to the “ ‘ “white garments” ’ ” of
Christ’s righteousness needed by spiritually naked Laodicea (see Rev. 3:18,
NKJV). The warning to keep one’s garments and not walk naked appears in
the midst of a reference to the spiritual battle of Armageddon. The timing of
Jesus’ warning may seem rather strange, at first, because it is no longer pos-
sible to receive these garments. After all, probation already will have closed
for everyone. But the warning to keep one’s garments appears in connec-
tion with the sixth plague and Armageddon because Jesus wants to remind
Laodicea to be ready now in advance of that terrible conflict—before it is
forever too late. Thus, Revelation 16:15 warns Laodiceans that if they fail to
heed Jesus’ counsel and instead choose to remain naked (Rev. 3:17, 18), they
will be lost, and ashamed, at His coming (see 1 John 2:28–3:3).
Jesus assures the Laodiceans that He loves them. He appeals for them
to repent (Rev. 3:19). He concludes His appeal by picturing Himself as the
lover in Song of Songs 5:2–6, standing at the door and knocking and plead-
ing to be let in (Rev. 3:20). Everyone who opens the door and lets Him in is
promised an intimate dinner with Him and, ultimately, to reign with Him on
His throne (see Rev. 20:4).
Read Revelation 3:18–22. What counsel does Jesus give to the
Laodiceans? What do gold, white garments, and eye salve symbol-
ize (see 1 Pet. 1:7; Isa. 61:10; Eph. 1:17, 18)? What does this counsel
say to us as Seventh-day Adventists, who recognize ourselves as the
Laodicean church?
36
F riday January 18
(page 26 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “The Revelation,” pp. 578–


592, in The Acts of the Apostles.

The seven messages to the churches show spiritual decline in the


seven churches. The church in Ephesus was still faithful, although it
had lost its first love. The churches in Smyrna and Philadelphia were
largely faithful. Pergamum and Thyatira compromised more and more
until the vast majority of believers in those churches had completely
apostatized from the pure faith of the apostles. The church in Sardis
was in a very serious condition. The majority of Christians in this
church were out of harmony with the gospel, while Philadelphia rep-
resented the faithful few. The church in Laodicea was in a condition of
such spiritual lethargy and complacency that there was nothing good to
be said about that church.
In concluding each message, Jesus makes promises to those in the
churches who accept His counsel. One might observe, however, that
along with the evident spiritual decline in the churches, there is a pro-
portionate increase in promises given. Ephesus, to whom Jesus gives
the first message, receives only one promise. As each church follows
the downward spiritual trend, each one receives more promises than
the previous church. Finally, the church in Laodicea, while given only
one promise, receives the greatest promise of all: to share Jesus’ throne
(Rev. 3:21).

Discussion Questions:
 How does the increase in promises to each successive church,
along with the spiritual decline in the churches, reflect the state-
ment that when sin increases, grace abounds even more (Rom.
5:20)? Think of that promise in light of the statement that “the
church, enfeebled and defective though it be, is the only object
on earth on which Christ bestows His supreme regard. He is con-
stantly watching it with solicitude, and is strengthening it by His
Holy Spirit.”—Ellen G. White, Selected Messages, book 2, p. 396.

 Often Christians say that it is hard to be a Christian in indus-


trial, commercial, and metropolitan cities. In the prosperous cities
in Asia there were Christians who remained loyal to the gospel and
unswerving in their allegiance to God amid the pressures exerted
upon them by their pagan environment. What can we learn from
this fact? Think of those Christians in Asia in light of Jesus’ prayer
in John 17:15–19. How does the concept of being in the world but
not of the world apply to Christians today, particularly those liv-
ing in metropolitan cities?

 How can we, as Seventh-day Adventists, better heed the words


given to us in the message to the Laodiceans?
37
i n s i d e
Story
Joy in the Morning
By Gorata Obonetse
One day, a Seventh-day Adventist literature evangelist showed up at our door
in Botswana.
My mother was interested and bought three books by Ellen G. White:
Messages to Young People, The Desire of Ages, and a King James Bible with
The Great Controversy. Soon she started attending an Adventist church and
was baptized. This happened when I was in the eighth grade and thinking
about high school.
Mother began to pray and fast because she wanted me to go to Eastern
Gate Academy, an Adventist boarding school in Francistown, about a 2½-hour
drive from our home in Mahalapye. But my father refused. He said he didn’t
have money for the tuition.
Mother didn’t lose hope and kept on praying. I prayed with her. She woke me
in the early morning, and we prayed together. We also prayed in the evening.
But my father didn’t change his mind, and I entered ninth grade at a govern-
ment boarding school in another city. Studying at that school was difficult.
Some students used drugs and drank alcohol. The teachers didn’t seem to care
whether we did our homework—just as long as our parents paid the tuition.
After two years at the school, I decided that I had had enough. I asked my
father if I could transfer to the Adventist school.
“No,” he said bluntly.
That night, I cried and prayed. I asked the Lord to help me because I really
wanted to go to Eastern Gate Academy. I spoke with my mother, and she read
Psalm 30:5, which says, “Weeping may endure for a night, but joy comes in
the morning” (NKJV).
That verse gave me hope.
Two months later, as summer vacation was ending, I asked my father again
if I could attend the Adventist school.
“Fine,” he said.
I thank the Lord! From this experience, I learned that the Lord is always
listening. Everything happens according to His plan when we have faith and
obey Him.
Now I am 16 years old, and this is my final year at the school. After graduat-
ing, I hope to train to become a medical doctor.
My whole family has joined the Adventist Church
except my father. Please pray for him, for us, and for
the school.
Eastern Gate Academy shares a campus with Eastern Gate
Primary School, which opened in 2017 with the help of a
Thirteenth Sabbath Offering collected in 2015. Thank you
for your mission offerings that support Adventist education
around the world.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
38 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 3:21

Study Focus: Last week we looked at the first of the messages to the seven
churches. In this lesson, we will study messages two through seven (Rev.
2:8–3:22).

Introduction: The messages to the seven churches have brought encouragement


to God’s people over the centuries. They assure us that God is intensely inter-
ested in the workings of His church. He knows all its challenges and is eager
to provide counsel and precious promises to all who will listen.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. The Chiasm of the Seven Churches


The messages to the seven churches are structured in a typical Hebrew style (see
the commentary that follows for details).

II. Encouragement in Trouble


The messages to the seven churches exhibit both spiritual decline and a
corresponding increase in the number and weight of promises made to
each church.

III. Christianity’s Greatest Advance and Its Contemporary Consequences


The message to Philadelphia forecasted a time of great missionary
advance. But that advance included aspects that have put Christianity on
the defensive today.

IV. The Message to Thyatira Is Different.


The churches as a whole exhibit spiritual decline. That also is manifest
in the messages to Ephesus, Pergamum, and Sardis. But the message to
Thyatira deviates from that pattern in a couple of key ways.

V. Laodicea and the Final Era of Earth’s History


Evidence from the text supports the idea that Laodicea represents the
church at the close of Christian history.

Life Application: The inclusion of Jezebel in the message to Thyatira invites


students to reflect on the role of the four women in Revelation. Seventh-
day Adventists also are invited to apply the message for Laodicea to
themselves.

39
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


The messages to the seven churches have a common structure, similar
in form to ancient letters. (1) Jesus addresses each church by name.
(2) He then introduces Himself to each church, using characteristics
drawn from chapter 1. (3) He offers an analysis of the strengths and/or
weaknesses of each church. (4) Jesus provides counsel suitable to His
analysis of each church. (5) An appeal is made to the church to listen
to the Spirit. (6) Each message concludes with a promise or promises
to those in each church who overcome. In messages four through
seven (beginning with Thyatira), the fifth and sixth components are in
reverse order.

Main Themes of Lesson 3 Elaborated:

I. The Chiasm of the Seven Churches


The structure of the messages to the seven churches exhibits a literary
form that is grounded in Hebrew logic. In Western thinking, A + B = C.
But in Hebrew logic, A + B = A enhanced. This literary form is called
chiasm (from the Greek letter X [pronounced “key”]). Writers produce
chiasms when they reason full circle, coming back to the beginning point
of an argument. The first point parallels the last point. The second point
parallels the next-to-last point, and so on, with the climax at the center
rather than the end. It is, perhaps, not coincidental that the form of the
seven-branched lampstand in the tabernacle is analogous to a literary
chiasm.
The letter to Smyrna (second letter) shares many similarities with
the letter to the Philadelphians (sixth letter): both are largely posi-
tive messages. The letters to Pergamum (third letter) and Sardis (fifth
letter) are to churches in steep decline. The message to Thyatira (the
fourth and middle church) is twice as long as the others and is differ-
ent from all the others (see theme IV). This arrangement means that
the first and last letters (to Ephesus and Laodicea) also are paral­lel.
This structure suggests that Laodicea, like Ephesus, suffers from a
deficiency of love.

II. Encouragement in Trouble


When we look at the seven churches as a whole, they seem to be in a
state of decline, and the rebukes from Jesus become more and more
serious. The churches at Ephesus and Smyrna are faithful churches,
with the only flaw of Ephesus being a deficiency of love. But as we

40
teachers comments

go through the messages to the churches, things seem to decline from


Pergamum through Sardis until we get to Laodicea, where Jesus cannot
think of anything good to say about the church. While the message to
Philadelphia is positive, the church is much weaker than Smyrna. In the
message to Ephesus, Jesus longs for their repentance. Laodicea makes
Jesus feel like vomiting. This graphic description is a severe word pic-
ture.
But this word picture leads into the most encouraging part of the mes-
sages to the seven churches. The first church gets one promise: the tree of
life. The second church gets two: the crown of life and deliverance from
the second death. The third church gets three: hidden manna, a white
stone, and a new name. The fourth church gets four promises; the fifth
church gets five; the sixth church gets six. Each church gets more prom-
ises than the church before, and the seventh church, Laodicea, gets the
loftiest promise of all: to sit with Jesus on His throne.
As the condition of the churches declines, as the rebukes of Jesus
become more severe, the promises of Jesus abound more and more. The
worse things get, the greater the grace and power that God exerts. The
deeper the problems you may have in life, the more powerful is the grace
of Jesus Christ. This message speaks as powerfully for us today as it did
in ancient times.

III. Christianity’s Greatest Advance and Its Contemporary Consequences


The lesson brings out the point that the message to Philadelphia applies
to the great revival of Protestantism during the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries. This revival motivated the church to carry the gospel to the
whole world. It resulted in the greatest expansion of Christianity since the
time of Pentecost.
But there was a dark side to this expansion. Missionary endeavors
too often rode on the back of Western civilization’s colonial expansion
in the economic and political realms. As a result, many non-Christian
peoples today see Christianity as a self-serving tool of Western impe-
rialism rather than a humble, self-effacing movement that seeks to
improve the lives of others. This attitude is increasingly found even
in the more “Christian” parts of the world. Christianity, as a whole,
is on the defensive today. In this context, manipulation or political
involvement of any kind on the part of the church plays into the nega-
tive stereotypes that have arisen. The gospel message must not rely
on political and economic support for its success. It has been thrown
back to Jesus’ original plan of “power . . . made perfect in weakness”
(2 Cor. 12:9, NIV).

41
teachers comments

IV. The Message to Thyatira Is Different.


As mentioned earlier, the churches of Revelation, as a whole, exhibit
spiritual decline. That decline also is clearly manifested in the messages
to Ephesus, Pergamum, and Sardis. But the message to Thyatira goes
against the established structural pattern of the previous messages in
several ways. First of all, the message to Thyatira is twice as long as
the other six messages. This length is fitting to its role at the center of
the chiasm and the long period of persecution that it represents during
Christian history. Second, within the church of Thyatira is a faithful
remnant, just as at other difficult times for the people of God, such as
the time of Elijah, there was a faithful remnant (see 1 Kings 19:18.).
Third, Thyatira is the only church about which Jesus says that their
“latter works exceed the first” (Rev. 2:19, ESV). While all the previous
churches were either in decline or holding steady, Thyatira already was
improving. Placed at the center of the history of the seven churches,
this positive message means that God is bringing people out of apos-
tasy and through the subsequent messages preparing the church for the
second coming of Jesus. While Satan accuses God’s followers in order
to discourage and distract, Jesus and the Holy Spirit rebuke in order to
encourage and to heal.

V. Laodicea and the Final Era of Earth’s History


As Seventh-day Adventists, we often have seen the message to
Laodicea as applying particularly to us at the end of time. One of
the best evidences for this is the connection between Revelation 3:18
and Revelation 16:15. No other text in the Bible contains the four
major words found in both of these passages. Both verses contain the
Greek words for “seeing” (Greek: blepô), “clothing” (Greek: himation),
“shame” (Greek: aischunê, aschêmosunê), and “nakedness” (Greek:
gumnotês, gumnos). This inclusion is a striking parallel. In the midst of
the verses speaking about Armageddon (Rev. 16:14–16), there is a call to
end-time watchfulness in the language of Laodicea (Rev. 16:15, compare
Rev. 3:18). This call is striking evidence that Laodicea represents the
final church of earth’s history.

Part III: Life Application


1. How many women are portrayed in the book of Revelation, and what
is their role in the message of the book? There are four women
portrayed in Revelation. Two are positive figures; and two are
negative. The first is Jezebel, the leader of the opposition to the
faithful ones in Thyatira (Rev. 2:20–23). The second is the godly
42
teachers comments

woman of Revelation 12 (Rev. 12:1, 2, 5, 6, 14–17). The third is har-


lot Babylon (Rev. 17:1–7, 16). The fourth is the bride of the Lamb
(Rev. 19:7, 8). All four are ultimately associated with the church,
either positively or negatively. Jezebel, the opponent of Thyatira,
anticipates harlot Babylon, who is dressed like the high priest
(Rev. 17:4). If the first part of Thyatira represents the medieval
church, then the two images are very closely related. Opposition
to Christ often wears a Christian face.
Similarly, the woman of Revelation 12 represents the faithful peo-
ple of God throughout history. The bride of the Lamb in Revelation
19:7, 8 represents the faithful of God at the end of history symbol-
ized by the New Jerusalem. So it stands to reason that the woman
of Revelation 17 represents all those who oppose God, especially
religious powers that unite with secular worldly powers to form an
end-time Babylon. “Woman” in Revelation represents those who
profess to be followers of Christ, but depending on which woman,
the profession may not be sincere.

2. How should Seventh-day Adventists apply the message of Revelation


3:18–21 to themselves? What is there in the text for all of us to
learn? Gold can express the value we have in God’s eyes, as well as
faith that has undergone a refining and purifying process. White
raiment represents the righteousness of Christ that is given to us.
Eye salve represents the spiritual discernment that helps us clearly
see our need for Christ.
Although Jesus disciplines as needed (Rev. 3:19), He never forces
anyone to follow Him. He gently invites and leaves the decision to
us (Rev. 3:20). And He holds out the promise to end all promises
to us. If we invite Jesus to rule over our hearts and overcome (Rev.
3:21), we will participate in His throne. As expressed by the gold
tried in the fire, God sees infinite value in us.

3. What encouragement can we take from an awareness that many


ancient Christians remained faithful to God in the midst of godless
cities?

43
L esson 4 *January 19–25
(page 28 of Standard Edition)

Worthy Is the Lamb

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Revelation 4, Ezek. 1:5–14,
Revelation 5, Eph. 1:20–23, Heb. 10:12, Acts 2:32–36.

Memory Text: “ ‘Do not weep. Behold, the Lion of the tribe of
Judah, the Root of David, has prevailed to open the scroll and to
loose its seven seals’ ” (Revelation 5:5, NKJV).

L
ast week, we looked at Christ’s messages to His people on earth.
Now John’s vision shifts from earth to heaven and focuses on the
“ ‘things which must take place after this’ ” (Rev. 4:1, NKJV)—
the future.
The vision of chapters 4 and 5 takes place in heaven’s throne room.
The scene of chapters 4 and 5 symbolically portrays God’s control
of history and of the plan of salvation. Before the future is revealed,
however, we are shown the centrality of Christ’s high-priestly ministry
in heaven to His sovereignty over the affairs of the earth and to His
redemption of the human race. In such a way, chapters 4 and 5 provide
Heaven’s perspective on the meaning of future events recorded in the
rest of the book.
One also may notice that while the messages to the seven churches
were written in somewhat straightforward language, from now on the
book employs even more symbolic language that is not always easy to
interpret. This language is taken from the history of God’s people, as
recorded in the Old Testament. A correct interpretation of Revelation
requires a proper understanding of its symbolic language in light of the
Old Testament.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, January 26.

44
S unday January 20
(page 29 of Standard Edition)

In the Heavenly Throne Room


Starting in Revelation 4:1, Jesus invites John to come up to heaven to be
shown a panoramic survey of history from his time until Christ’s return.

Revelation 4:1–8, Ezekiel 1:26–28, and Revelation 5:11–14 describe


heaven’s throne room. What do these verses teach us about the
nature of the heavenly throne room?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The apostle looked through the open door into the heavenly temple
and at the throne of God. The throne symbolizes God’s rule and gov-
erning authority over creation, while the rainbow around the throne
signifies God’s faithfulness to His promises (Gen. 9:13–16; Isa. 54:9,
10). However, Satan, who usurped the dominion of this earth and is
God’s adversary, has disputed divine authority. The central issue in the
great controversy between God and Satan is about who has the right
to rule. The purpose of the heavenly council that John saw gathered
in the heavenly throne room was to affirm God’s rightful rule over the
universe (Rev. 4:1–8, Rev. 5:11–14).

Read Revelation 4:8–11 and Revelation 5:9–14. What can you learn
about true worship in these passages? In chapter 4, why is the Lord
God worthy of being worshiped, and, in Revelation 5:9–14, why is
the Lamb worthy?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Revelation 4 gives a general description of the throne room in the
heavenly temple and of the worship that repeatedly takes place there.
While the worship in chapter 4 praises God’s creative power, chapter 5
celebrates the redemption provided by the slain Lamb. These chapters
show that true worship recounts and celebrates God’s mighty acts of
Creation and Redemption. God, who created the world in six days, has
the power and ability also to restore the world to its original condition
and to turn it into the eternal home for His people, all of which He has
promised to do.

Think about what the gospel teaches: the One who created not
just us and our world, but the entire cosmos, also was the “Lamb
who was slain” (Rev. 5:12, NKJV) for us. What amazing hope does
this teaching present amid a world full of pain and turmoil?

45
M onday January 21
(page 30 of Standard Edition)

The Heavenly Assembly


in the Throne Room
The description of the elders in Revelation 4:4 shows that they are
not angelic beings. The title “elders” in the Bible always is used for
humans. In contrast to angels, who invariably stand in God’s presence,
these elders sit on thrones. The white robes they wear are the attire of
God’s faithful people (Rev. 3:4, 5). The victory crowns (from Greek
stephanos, Rev. 4:4) on their heads are reserved exclusively for the
victorious saints (James 1:12). All of these details suggest that the 24
elders are glorified saints.
The number 24 is symbolic: it consists of two sets of 12, the number
12 in the Bible being a symbol of God’s people. The 24 elders could
represent God’s people in their totality, from both the Old and New
Testament times. The number 24 also mirrors the chiefs of the 24 divi-
sions of priests who took turns serving in the earthly temple services
(1 Chron. 24:1–19).
The fact that the 24 elders were never mentioned before in the
Bible implies that they are a new group in the heavenly throne room.
They perhaps are the ones who were raised from the dead at the time
of Jesus’ death (Matt. 27:51–53).
If so, these 24 elders who ascended to heaven with Jesus become
representatives of humanity, to witness the fairness in God’s actions in
the realization of the plan of salvation. In Revelation 5:9, the 24 elders,
along with the four living creatures (vs. 8), fall down in worship before
the Lamb who was slain and yet lives. Together, they sing a new song,
extolling the Lamb as the One who is worthy, because: “ ‘You were
slain and have redeemed us to God by Your blood out of every tribe and
tongue and people and nation, and have made us kings and priests to
our God; and we shall reign on the earth’ ” (Rev. 5:8–10, NKJV).

Revelation 4:6–8 also mentions the four living creatures, or beings.


Compare their description with the four living beings in Ezekiel
1:5–14 and Ezekiel 10:20–22 and with the seraphim in Isaiah 6:2, 3.

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The four living creatures symbolize the exalted beings who serve God
as His agents and the guardians of His throne (Ps. 99:1). Their wings
point symbolically to their swiftness in carrying out God’s orders, and
their eyes point to their intelligence. Their presence, together with the
24 elders and a myriad of angels around the throne (Rev. 5:11), shows
that both heaven and earth are represented in the throne room.

46
T uesday January 22
(page 31 of Standard Edition)

The Sealed Scroll


Read Revelation 5:1–4. In light of Isaiah 29:11, 12, what is the mean-
ing of the sealed scroll, and why did John weep?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The Greek text indicates that the scroll was lying on the throne at the
right hand of the Father. It waited for the One who was worthy to take
it and “ ‘to loose its seals’ ” (Rev. 5:2, NKJV).
In the words of Ellen G. White, the sealed scroll contains “the history
of God’s providences, the prophetic history of nations and the church.
Herein was contained the divine utterances, His authority, His com-
mandments, His laws, the whole symbolic counsel of the Eternal, and
the history of all ruling powers in the nations. In symbolic language
was contained in that roll the influence of every nation, tongue, and
people from the beginning of earth’s history to its close.”—Ellen G.
White, Manuscript Releases, vol. 9, p. 7.
In short, the sealed scroll contains the mystery of God regarding His
plans to solve the sin problem and save fallen human beings. The full
realization of that mystery will occur at the second coming of Christ
(see Rev. 10:7).

Read Revelation 5:5–7. Why is Christ the only One in the whole uni-
verse worthy to take the sealed scroll and unseal it?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The crisis in the throne room is related to Satan’s rebellion. This
planet, although created by God, has been under the dominion of the
usurper, Satan. John’s tears expressed the longing of God’s people,
since Adam, for salvation from the bondage of sin. The sealed scroll
comprised God’s plan for resolving the sin problem. No doubt with His
immeasurable power God Himself could realize that plan. However, the
redemption of the fallen human race required something special, and
that was Jesus, who did “overcome” and thus was worthy to open the
book, to assume the lordship over this earth, and become our Mediator
in the heavenly sanctuary.

How do we learn to keep Jesus first and foremost in our Christian


experience?

_____________________________________________________
47
W ednesday January 23
(page 32 of Standard Edition)

Worthy Is the Lamb


Read Revelation 5:8–14 along with Ephesians 1:20–23 and Hebrews
10:12. Together, what are they saying that should give us great hope
and comfort amid a world that, in and of itself, offers so little of either?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
As Christ the Lamb approaches the throne, He takes the scroll. This
act shows that all authority and sovereignty belong to Him (see Matt.
28:18, Eph. 1:20–22). At that moment, the whole universe acknowl-
edges Christ’s rightful rule over earth. What was lost with Adam has
been regained with Christ.
When Christ takes the scroll, it shows He holds the destiny of all
humanity in His hands. The four living creatures and the 24 elders fall
down before Him and worship, as they did in Revelation 5:9: “  ‘You
are worthy to take the scroll, and to open its seals; for You were slain’ ”
(NKJV). By this act of adoration, the exalted angels and the representa-
tives of redeemed humanity affirm Christ’s sacrifice on behalf of human-
ity. With His blood, He has paid the ransom for fallen human beings and
offers them all the hope of redemption and the promise of a future we
barely can imagine.
The four living creatures and the elders are now joined by the count-
less number of the angelic host surrounding the throne and directing
praises to the Lamb that had been slain and now “lives to make inter-
cession” for the fallen race (Heb. 7:25, NKJV). In unison, the occupants
of the throne room exclaim with a loud voice: “ ‘Worthy is the Lamb
who was slain to receive power and riches and wisdom and strength and
honor and glory and blessing!’ ” (Rev. 5:12, NKJV).
At this point all creation in heaven and on earth joins together in
offering royal adoration both to the Father and Christ: “ ‘Blessing and
honor and glory and power be to Him who sits on the throne, and to
the Lamb, forever and ever!’ ” (Rev. 5:13, NKJV). Their praise is met
with an “ ‘Amen’ ” by the four living creatures and the prostration of
the 24 elders, thus concluding this rapturous veneration in the heavenly
throne room.

Physicists speculate that one day the universe will burn out, col-
lapse in on itself, or just rip apart. What a contrast to the future
presented in the Word of God! How can we start rejoicing, even
now, in the future that awaits us?

_____________________________________________________

48
T hursday January 24
(page 33 of Standard Edition)

The Significance of Pentecost


In the outpouring of the Holy Spirit at Pentecost, Acts 2:1–4 con-
firms one of the most decisive events in the history of the plan of
salvation: the inauguration of Christ into His post-Calvary ministry as
High Priest and King in the heavenly sanctuary (see also Acts 1:4–8;
Acts 2:33). Through His high-priestly ministry at the right hand of the
Father (Rev. 5:6, 7), Christ is able to carry out the plan of salvation to its
ultimate realization. As our Mediator in the heavenly sanctuary, Jesus
works to save us. Through Him, believers may have free access to God
and receive forgiveness for their sins.

Read Acts 2:32–36 along with John 7:39. What hope and encourage-
ment do you find in the fact that Jesus stands in heaven as our
Priest and King?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The exaltation of Christ in the heavenly sanctuary was followed by the
descent of the Holy Spirit upon the disciples. Revelation 5:6 mentions the
seven Spirits that are “sent out into all the earth” (NKJV). As we saw in
an earlier lesson, the seven Spirits denote the fullness of the activity of
the Holy Spirit in the world. At Christ’s enthronement the Spirit is sent
to the church. This sending of the Holy Spirit is one of Christ’s first acts
as our High Priest in the heavenly sanctuary. The outpouring of the Holy
Spirit meant that Jesus had appeared before the Father and that God had
accepted His sacrifice on behalf of humanity.
“Christ’s ascension to heaven was the signal that His followers were
to receive the promised blessing. . . . When Christ passed within the
heavenly gates, He was enthroned amidst the adoration of the angels.
As soon as this ceremony was completed, the Holy Spirit descended
upon the disciples in rich currents, and Christ was indeed glorified,
even with the glory which He had with the Father from all eternity.
The Pentecostal outpouring was Heaven’s communication that the
Redeemer’s inauguration was accomplished. According to His promise,
He had sent the Holy Spirit from heaven to His followers as a token that
He had, as priest and king, received all authority in heaven and on earth,
and was the Anointed One over His people.”—Ellen G. White, The Acts
of the Apostles, pp. 38, 39.

Read Hebrews 4:16 and Hebrews 8:1. What hope and encourage-
ment do you find in the assurance that Jesus, as Priest and King, has
received all authority in heaven and on earth? How does believing
this truth help you deal with everyday situations in your life and
with the uncertainty of the future?

49
F riday January 25
(page 34 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “ ‘To My Father, and Your


Father,’ ” pp. 829–835, in The Desire of Ages; “The Gift of the Spirit,”
pp. 47–56, in The Acts of the Apostles.

The message of Revelation 4 and 5 is particularly important to the


people of God living at the close of earth’s history. The coming of the
Holy Spirit at Pentecost marked the beginning of the preaching of the
gospel to all the world; the central message was about Jesus, who had
been exalted as Priest and King at the right hand of the Father. This
truth about Jesus was the heart of the early Christians’ belief (Heb. 8:1)
and the cornerstone of their preaching (Acts 2:32, 33; Acts 5:30, 31).
It also was their motivation and the source of their faith and courage in
the face of persecution and difficult life situations (Acts 7:55, 56; Rom.
8:34). As a result, many people responded to their preaching. From that
time on, the kingdom of God manifested itself, and keeps on doing so,
through the ministry of the Holy Spirit.
We never must forget that it is only the good news of salvation in
Christ that can reach and transform human hearts and lead people to
respond to the call of the eternal gospel to fear God, give Him glory,
and worship Him (Rev. 14:7). Our only hope is in our Savior, who is
our Priest and King in the heavenly sanctuary. He is with His people,
and He always will be with them until the very end (Matt. 28:20). He
holds the future in His hands.
Let us, therefore, never forget that keeping the essence of the gospel
in mind will bring full success in preaching the final message to lost
and suffering humankind. Nothing else we preach is more important
than the Cross and what it teaches us about God.

Discussion Questions:
 One day we will be in heaven praising and worshiping the Lord
for His goodness, His power, and especially His grace. What are
ways that, even now, we can get in practice for the time when that
great day comes? That is, how can we worship with grateful hearts
and praise God now for all that He has done and will do?

 Read Revelation 4:11 and 5:9. In what roles do we see the


Father and the Son here, and how are both roles central not just
to the plan of salvation but also to why God is so worthy of our
worship? How is the Sabbath, and what it teaches, an expression
of these two wonderful truths about our God?

50
i n s i d e
Story
Two Impossible Prayers
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
One of the most perplexing questions that people ask is how to choose the
right spouse.
For Mario Brito, president of the Seventh-day Adventist Church’s Inter-
European Division, it was simple: He asked God two seemingly impossible
things.
Mario remembered Maria while praying for a mission-minded wife when
he was a third-year theology student at the Adventist University of France in
Collonges, France. The two had met the previous year as students at the Spanish
Adventist Seminary (now Spanish Adventist College) in Sagunto, Spain.
Mario had the strong impression that Maria might be the one. But he wasn’t
completely certain, so he prayed, “God, if You see that Maria should be my wife,
put it in her heart to write me a letter.”
This seemed an impossible request at a time when women never took the
initiative in a dating relationship.
To Mario’s surprise, he received a friendly letter about a week later. He wrote
a warm letter to Maria and made the second impossible prayer request.
“Lord, the normal thing would be for Maria to answer,” he said. “But if she is
to be my wife, make it happen in such a way that she doesn’t answer.”
Weeks passed, and no letter came. The two didn’t communicate again until the
next school year when Maria moved to the Adventist University of France for
her third year of studies. Soon, Mario and Maria were dating.
One day, Mario curiously asked Maria why she hadn’t replied.
“I felt it was a cold and very formal letter, so I decided not to answer,” she said.
Mario couldn’t believe her description and asked whether she still had the
letter. Maria retrieved the letter from her room, and the couple read it together.
It was as warm as Mario remembered.
“What was wrong with it so you didn’t answer?” Mario asked again.
Maria didn’t know what to say. Mario then told her about his two prayers.
Maria smiled. “Now you have the explanation!” she said.
The couple married the next year.
Thirty-nine years later, Mario remains confident that he chose the right wife.
The couple served as frontline missionaries planting
churches in unreached areas of Portugal for more
than a decade. Mario went on to become president
of the Adventist Church in Portugal and, in 2015, he
was elected president of the Inter-European Division.
Mario and Maria’s home also is a mission field.
They raised a daughter, who is married to an Adventist
pastor, and are the adoptive parents of 12 teenagers.
“Maria has a heart for mission,” Mario said. “Yes,
I believe it was the right match.”

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 51
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 5:5, 6

Study Focus: We will center our attention in this lesson on the heavenly vision
of Revelation 4 and 5 (Rev. 4:1–5:14).

Introduction: The passage covered in this lesson is divided into two parts.
First, there is a general description of heavenly worship directed to the
One sitting on the throne, God the Father (Rev. 4:1–11). Second, there is
a moment of crisis in the heavenly throne room, but it is resolved by the
appearance of the Lamb, Jesus Christ (Rev. 5:1–14).

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. Is Revelation 4 a General Description or a One­time Event?


As we shall see, the details of the text answer this question.

II. The Biblical Concept of Worship


Worship is not about us. It is about what God has done and our appropri-
ate, heartfelt response to it.

III. The Identity of the 24 Elders


The elders are not an angelic group; they represent God’s people.

IV. The Meaning of the Sealed Scroll


The sealed scroll represents God’s plan of salvation.

V. The Worthiness of the Lamb


The Lamb is uniquely worthy to open the scroll because of His combina­
tion of humanity and divinity.

VI. The Progression of the Five Hymns (Rev. 4:8, 11; Rev. 5:9, 10, 12, 13)
The progression underlines the divinity of the Lamb.

VII. The Cosmic Conflict


The conflict is the backdrop to this heavenly scene.

Life Application: Participants are invited to consider the implications of


this heavenly vision for earthly worship and for our understanding of the
Sabbath.

52
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


At the beginning of chapter 4, John is invited up to heaven for the
first time (Rev. 4:1). Chapter 4 is a general description of the con-
tinual worship in heaven (see the textual evidence in theme I below),
in which God the Father is worshiped on account of Creation (Rev.
4:11). But chapter 5 is a onetime crisis event in heaven. A problem is
presented that seems so large that it appears as if even God Himself
cannot solve it (Rev. 5:1–4). But the matter is resolved by the appear-
ance of the Lamb, the God-man Jesus Christ (see theme V below). He
is worshiped because He was slain and is our Redeemer, and this fact
resolves the crisis in the universe (Rev. 5:5–14).

Main Themes of Lesson 4 Elaborated:

I. Is Revelation 4 a General Description or a Onetime Event?


Three pieces of evidence indicate that chapter 4 is not a onetime
event but a general description of heavenly worship. (1) The throne
in verse 2 is not set up; rather, it “was standing” (NASB) continually
in heaven (Greek: keitai, imperfect tense). (2) The singing in verse 8
is not a single episode; it goes on “day and night.” (3) The singing of
the four living creatures is continuously repetitive (“whenever” [Rev.
4:9, NKJV]).

II. The Biblical Concept of Worship


In Revelation 4:11, the basis of worship is “because” God created all
things. In Revelation 5:9, worship happens “because” (NIV) the Lamb
was slain and redeems. In Revelation 11:17, worship happens “because”
(NIV) God has begun to reign. While often translated “for” in English,
all three verses use the Greek word hoti, which means the reason or the
basis upon which an action is taken. God is worshiped “because” of
what He has done. Worship throughout the Bible is talking about, sing-
ing about, and repeating the acts that God has done (Deut. 26:1–11; Ps.
66:3–6; Ps. 78:5–15; Ps. 111:4). It even includes acting out the death
and resurrection of Jesus through baptism (Rom. 6:3, 4) and the Lord’s
Supper (1 Cor. 11:26). Worship in the Bible is not about us. Worship is
about what God has done.

III. The Identity of the 24 Elders


The lesson rightly asserts that the number 12 in the Bible is often used as a
53
teachers comments

symbol of God’s people and that the 24 elders could, therefore, represent
God’s people from both Old and New Testament times. But space did
not permit mentioning the most important biblical evidence for these
assertions. In Matthew 19:28, Jesus tells His disciples that they will sit
on 12 thrones, judging the 12 tribes of Israel. This verse ties together the
number 12, thrones, the apostles, and the 12 tribes. In Revelation 21:12,
the names of the 12 tribes are written on the gates of the New Jerusalem,
while the 12 foundations have the names of the 12 apostles written on
them (Rev. 21:14). The number 24 adds 12 to 12, as occurs in Revelation
21. In Revelation 7:4–8, furthermore, the people of God are described in
terms of 12 times 12 times 1,000 (144,000). The multiple of 12 is seen
also in the height of the walls of the New Jerusalem, 144 cubits (Rev.
21:17). So the best explanation of the 24 elders is that they represent the
people of God in both Old and New Testaments.

IV. The Meaning of the Sealed Scroll


Ask the class how many options they can think of for the meaning of the
sealed scroll of Revelation 5. Some biblical options include a last will and
testament, the constitution of Israel (Deuteronomy), a record of human
history, an emblem of the Lamb’s right to rule, a record of human deeds,
the book of life, and a list of rewards and punishments for human behavior
(judgment). Based on a comment in a letter of Ellen G. White, the lesson
suggests that the scroll contains the history of God’s providences and the
prophetic history of the nations and the church. The lesson sums up with
the conclusion that the sealed scroll represents the plan of salvation. John
weeps (Rev. 5:4) because the plan of salvation will not be implemented
unless someone is found worthy to open the scroll.
How do we know the book (Rev. 5:2 [Greek: biblion] ) is a scroll and
not something more typical of books today? We know because the same
word is used in Revelation 6:14, which says that the “sky receded as a
scroll [Greek: biblion] when it is rolled up” (NKJV).

V. The Worthiness of the Lamb


The Lamb is uniquely worthy to open the scroll (Rev. 5:5, 6). The key quali-
ties of the Lamb in the chapter are twofold. The Lamb is slain, which points
to His human nature. On the other hand, the Lamb is worshiped along with
the One sitting on the throne (Rev. 5:13). This points to His divinity. The God-
man is unique in all history. Of all intelligent beings (see John 1:3, 14), only
the divine-human Jesus could fully reveal the character of God and atone for
human sin, because He is fully God and fully human. So, embedded in this
symbolic vision is a profound Christology, a doctrine of who Jesus Christ is.
54
teachers comments

VI. The Five Hymns (Rev. 4:8, 11; Rev. 5:9, 10, 12, 13) Underline the Divinity of the
Lamb.
The divinity of Christ is underlined in the progression of five hymns in
this vision. The first two hymns praise the One sitting on the throne (Rev.
4:8, 11). The third and fourth hymns praise the Lamb (Rev. 5:9–12). The
fifth hymn offers worship to both the One sitting on the throne and the
Lamb (Rev. 5:13). The fifth hymn is the clear climax of the series, in
which blessing, honor, glory, and power are acclaimed as belonging to
Him who sits on the throne and to the Lamb.
A second feature of these hymns also highlights the fifth hymn. It is the
climax of a grand crescendo of singing. The first hymn is sung by the four
living creatures (Rev. 4:8). The second hymn is sung by the 24 elders (Rev.
4:11). The third is sung by both the four living creatures and the 24 elders
(Rev. 5:9, 10). The fourth hymn is sung by more than 100 million angels
(Rev. 5:11, 12). The fifth hymn is sung by every creature in the universe (Rev.
5:13). So the fifth hymn is the climax of a great crescendo as all attention
focuses on the throne, affirming the divinity of the Lamb.

VII. The Cosmic Conflict Is the Backdrop to This Heavenly Scene.


A striking aspect of Revelation 4 and 5 is the total absence of Satan, in
spite of the fact that the heavenly crisis must have something to do with
the cosmic conflict (see Rev. 2:9, 24). But the role of Satan in Revelation
4 and 5 is clarified in Revelation 12:10. Revelation 12:10 summarizes the
scene of chapter 5 in terms of Christ’s coming to power. But His coming to
power is paired with the casting down of Satan, the “accuser of our broth-
ers” (ESV). The verse clarifies that Satan accuses the brothers “day and
night.” This act is strikingly reminiscent of Revelation 4:8, where the four
living creatures sing the triple holy song “day and night.” Their constant
praise drowns out the constant accusations of Satan, which are no longer
heard or seen. Satan is absent from the scene of chapters 4 and 5 because
he has already been defeated and cast out on account of the Cross.

Part III: Life Application


1. Considering the biblical evidence regarding worship in theme II in
the previous section, talk about the typical worship service in your
local church. Is it God-centered, or is it centered on the worshipers?
Does it emphasize what God has done (Creation, the Cross, daily
promptings of the Spirit) and our response to His work or what we

55
teachers comments

must do on our own? Understanding and practicing this truth is


the secret of unleashing God’s power in a local church. If worship
seems powerless, it is because it is not centered in God. In Bible
times, when people praised God for what He had done for them
in the past, the power of God’s original act was unleashed in the
worshiper’s present (2 Chron. 20:5–22, Dan. 9:15, Dan. 10:19–21).
Worship is not about us; it is about God. Worship is not telling
one another what we should do; it is reminding ourselves and one
another of what God has done for us.

2. What is the relationship between Revelation 4 and 5 and the


Sabbath? Worship is presented to God and the Lamb on account
of Creation (Rev. 4:11) and salvation (Rev. 5:9, 10). In the Old
Testament, the Sabbath is the memorial of both Creation (Exod.
20:11) and the Exodus, the great act of Israel’s salvation (Deut.
5:15). So the Sabbath points us to the mighty acts of God in
Creation, the Exodus, and the Cross. Keeping the Sabbath is not
about earning merit with God. When we remember the Sabbath,
we also are remembering the great things God has done for us, and
this remembrance is the foundation of true worship.

56
L esson 5 *January 26–February 1
(page 36 of Standard Edition)

The Seven Seals

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 6:1–17, Lev. 26:21–26,
Ezek. 4:16, Deut. 32:43, 2 Thess. 1:7–10.

Memory Text: “ ‘You are worthy to take the scroll, and to open its
seals; for You were slain, and have redeemed us to God by Your blood
out of every tribe and tongue and people and nation, and have made
us kings and priests to our God; and we shall reign on the earth’ ”
(Revelation 5:9, 10, NKJV).

R
evelation 6 continues the scene of chapters 4 and 5, which
describes Christ as worthy to open the sealed scroll, because
through His victorious life and death, He regained what was lost
through Adam. He is now ready, by opening the seals on the scroll, to
carry forward the plan of salvation to its ultimate realization.
Pentecost marked the beginning of the spread of the gospel, by which
Christ expands His kingdom. Thus, the breaking of the seals refers to
the preaching of the gospel and the consequences of rejecting it. The
opening of the seventh and last seal brings us to the conclusion of this
world’s history.
Revelation 3:21 gives us the key to the meaning of the seven seals:
“ ‘ “To him who overcomes I will grant to sit with Me on My throne,
as I also overcame and sat down with My Father on His throne” ’ ”
(NKJV). Chapters 4 and 5 tell us of Christ’s overcoming and His wor-
thiness, as a result of His sacrifice at Calvary, to be our heavenly High
Priest and to open the scroll. The last verses of chapter 7 describe the
overcomers before Christ’s throne. Thus, chapter 6 is about God’s peo-
ple in the process of overcoming so that they might share Jesus’ throne.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, February 2.


57
S unday January 27
(page 37 of Standard Edition)

The Opening of the First Seal


Read Revelation 6:1–8 along with Leviticus 26:21–26 and Matthew
24:1–14. Note the common key words in these texts. What do you learn
about the meaning of the first four seals on the basis of these parallels?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The events of the seven seals must be understood in the context of
the Old Testament covenant curses, specified in terms of sword, famine,
pestilence, and wild beasts (Lev. 26:21–26). Ezekiel calls them God’s
“four severe judgments” (Ezek. 14:21, NKJV). They were the disciplin-
ary judgments by which God, seeking to awaken His people to their
spiritual condition, chastised them when they became unfaithful to the
covenant. In a similar way, the four horsemen are the means that God
uses to keep His people awake as they await Jesus’ return.
There also are close parallels between the first four seals and
Matthew 24:4–14, in which Jesus explained what would happen in
the world. The four horsemen are the means by which God keeps His
people on the right track by reminding them that this world, as it now
exists, is not their home.
Although symbolic, Revelation 6:1, 2 is about conquest, too. It brings
to mind Revelation 19:11–16, which portrays Christ as riding a white
horse and leading His heavenly armies of angels to deliver His people at
the Second Coming. As a symbol of purity, the color white is regularly
associated with Christ and His followers. The rider on the horse holds a
bow and is given a crown (Rev. 6:2), which evokes the image of God in
the Old Testament, riding a horse with a bow in His hand while conquer-
ing His people’s enemies (Hab. 3:8–13; Ps. 45:4, 5). The Greek word for
the crown (Rev. 6:2) worn by the rider is stephanos, which is the crown
of victory (Rev. 2:10, Rev. 3:11). This rider is a conqueror going forward
conquering and to conquer.
The scene of the first seal describes the spread of the gospel, which
started powerfully at Pentecost. Through the dispersion of the gospel,
Christ began expanding His kingdom. There were, and still are, many ter-
ritories to win and many people who have yet to become followers of Jesus
before the ultimate conquest is realized with Christ’s coming in glory.
Prophetically, the scene of the first seal corresponds to the message
to the church in Ephesus; it describes the apostolic period of the first
century during which the gospel spread rapidly throughout the world
(Col. 1:23).

Why must we always remember that, in Christ, we are on the


winning side, regardless of our immediate circumstances?

58
M onday January 28
(page 38 of Standard Edition)

The Second and Third Seals


Read Revelation 6:3, 4. On the basis of the description of the red horse
and the rider, what is being talked about here in reference to the
gospel?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Red is the color of blood. The rider has a great sword and is allowed
to take peace from the earth, which opens the way for people to kill one
another (Matt. 24:6).
The second seal describes the consequences of rejecting the gospel,
beginning in the second century. As Christ is waging spiritual warfare
through the preaching of the gospel, the forces of evil render strong
resistance. Inevitably, persecution follows. The rider does not do the
killing. Instead, he takes peace from the earth. As a result, persecution
inevitably follows. (See Matt. 10:34.)

Read Revelation 6:5, 6 along with Leviticus 26:26 and Ezekiel 4:16.
On the basis of the description of the black horse and the rider,
what reality associated with the preaching of the gospel is referred
to here?

_____________________________________________________
The rider on the black horse holds a scale for weighing food. An
announcement is made: “  ‘A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three
quarts of barley for a denarius’  ” (Rev. 6:6, NKJV). In that part of the
world, grain, oil, and wine were the basic necessities of life (Deut. 11:14).
To eat bread by carefully weighing the grain denoted great scarcity or
famine (Lev. 26:26, Ezek. 4:16). In John’s day, a denarius was a daily wage
(Matt. 20:2, NKJV). In normal circumstances, a daily wage would buy
all the necessities for the family for that day. However, a famine would
enormously inflate the normal price of food. In the scene of the third seal,
it would take a whole day’s work to buy just enough food for only one
person. In order to feed a small family, a day’s wage would be used to buy
three quarts of barley, a cheaper, coarser food for the poor.
The scene of the third seal points to the further consequences of
rejecting the gospel, beginning in the fourth century, as the church
gained political power. If the white horse represents the preaching of
the gospel, the black horse denotes the absence of the gospel and the
reliance on human traditions. Grain in the Bible symbolizes the Word
of God (Luke 8:11). The rejection of the gospel inevitably results in
a famine of the Word of God similar to the one prophesied by Amos
(Amos 8:11–13).
59
T uesday January 29
(page 39 of Standard Edition)

The Scene of the Fourth Seal


Read Revelation 6:7, 8. What scene is portrayed here? How is this
scene related to the previous one?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The color of the horse in the fourth seal is expressed with the Greek
word chloros, which is the ashen-gray color of a decomposing corpse. The
rider’s name is Death; meanwhile, Hades, the place of the dead, accompa-
nies him. These two are allowed to destroy people by sword, hunger, death,
and wild beasts over one fourth of the earth (Matt. 24:7, 8).
The good news is that the power of Death and Hades is very limited; they
are given authority only over a part (one fourth) of the earth. Jesus assures
us that He has the keys of Hades and Death (see Rev. 1:18, NKJV).

Review once again, in Revelation 2, the contents of the messages


to the churches in Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamum, and Thyatira.
Compare the situation in those churches with the scenes of the
opening of the first four seals. What parallels do you observe
between them?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The scenes of the seven seals portray the future of the church. As
was the case with the seven churches, the seals correlate to the different
periods in Christian history. During the apostolic times, the gospel rap-
idly spread throughout the world. This expansion was followed by the
period of persecution in the Roman Empire, from the end of the first
century to the beginning of the fourth century, as portrayed in the scene
of the second seal. The third seal points to the period of compromise
of the fourth and fifth centuries, which was characterized by a spiritual
famine caused by a lack of the Bible and its truths, leading to the “Dark
Ages.” The fourth seal aptly describes the spiritual death that character-
ized Christianity for nearly a thousand years.

Revelation 6:6 states that “the oil and the wine” will not be
affected by the famine of the third seal’s plague. Oil symbolizes
the Holy Spirit (1 Sam. 16:13, Acts 10:38), and new wine symbol-
izes salvation in Jesus Christ (Mark 2:22). What do the meanings
of these symbols tell us about the fact that, even when the Word
of God is scarce, the Holy Spirit is still at work and that salvation
is still available to all who seek truth?
60
W ednesday January 30
(page 40 of Standard Edition)

The Opening of the Fifth Seal


Read Revelation 6:9, 10. What is happening here?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The word “soul” in the Bible denotes the whole person (Gen. 2:7).
The martyrdom of God’s faithful and persecuted people is portrayed
here in terms of the sacrificial blood poured out at the base of the
earthly sanctuary’s altar of sacrifice (Exod. 29:12, Lev. 4:7). God’s
people have suffered injustice and death for their faithfulness to the
gospel. They cry out to God, asking Him to step in and to vindicate
them. These texts concern the injustice done here on earth; they are not
saying anything about the state of the dead. After all, these people do
not appear to be enjoying the bliss of heaven.

Read Revelation 6:11 along with Deuteronomy 32:43 and Psalm 79:10.
What was Heaven’s response to the prayers of God’s martyred
people?

_____________________________________________________
The martyred saints were given white robes representing Christ’s righ-
teousness, which leads to their vindication—His gift to those who accept
His offer of grace (Rev. 3:5, Rev. 19:8). Then, they were told that they
would have to rest until their brothers, who would go through a similar
experience, are made complete. It is important to notice that the Greek text
of Revelation 6:11 does not have the word number. Revelation does not
talk of a number of the martyred saints to be reached before Christ’s return,
but of completeness regarding their character. God’s people are made com-
plete by the robe of Christ’s righteousness, not their own merit (Rev. 7:9,
10). The martyred saints will not be resurrected and vindicated until the
second coming of Christ and the beginning of the millennium (Rev. 20:4).
The scene of the fifth seal applies historically to the period leading
up to, and following, the Reformation, during which millions were mar-
tyred because of their faithfulness (Matt. 24:21). It also brings to mind
the experience of God’s suffering people throughout history, from the
time of Abel (Gen. 4:10) until the time when God will finally avenge
“ ‘the blood of His servants’ ” (Rev. 19:2, NKJV).

“ ‘How long, O Lord?’ ” has been the cry of God’s suffering


people throughout history. Who has never struggled with the lack
of justice in this life? What comfort do you find in the scene of
the fifth seal, knowing that one day justice will, indeed, be done?

61
T hursday January 31
(page 41 of Standard Edition)

The Opening of the Sixth Seal


In the fifth seal, we see God’s people suffering injustice in a hostile
world, as they cry out for God’s intervention on their behalf. The time
has come for God to intervene in answer to the prayers of His people.

Read Revelation 6:12–14 along with Matthew 24:29, 30 and 2 Thes­


salonians 1:7–10. What is being revealed here?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The last three signs of the sixth seal were foretold by Jesus in
Matthew 24:29, 30. They were to occur near the end of the “great
tribulation” (Rev. 7:14), in 1798, as the harbingers of the Second
Coming. As with Christ’s prophecy in Matthew 24, the sun, moon,
“stars” (meteors), and sky are literal here. The use of the words “as”
or “like” paints a picture of an actual thing or event—the sun became
black as sackcloth, the moon became like blood, and the stars fell
to the earth as a fig tree drops its late figs. The Christians in the
Western world recognized the fulfillment of Jesus’ words in the order
of each of these signs: the Lisbon earthquake, in 1755; the dark day
of May 19, 1780 (experienced in eastern New York and southern
New England); and the spectacular meteor shower over the Atlantic
Ocean, on November 13, 1833. The fulfillment of this prophecy, in
Revelation 6:12–14 led to a series of revivals and to the realization
that Christ’s second coming was near.
Read Revelation 6:15–17. Also read Isaiah 2:19, Hosea 10:8, and
Luke 23:30. The scenes portray people of all walks of life in a panic
trying to hide from the terror of the upheaval at the coming of Christ.
They are asking rocks and mountains to cover them in order to protect
them from “ ‘the face of Him who sits on the throne and from the wrath
of the Lamb’ ” (Rev. 6:16, NKJV). The time has arrived for justice to be
dispensed as Christ comes “to be glorified in His saints” (2 Thess. 1:10,
NKJV). The end of the wicked is described in Revelation 19:17–21.
The scene concludes with the rhetorical question by the terror-
stricken wicked: “ ‘The great day of His wrath has come, and who is
able to stand?’ ” (Rev. 6:17, NKJV; see also Nahum 1:6, Mal. 3:2). The
answer to that question is given in Revelation 7:4: those who will be
able to stand in that day are the sealed people of God.

“ ‘Who can endure the day of His coming?’ ” (Mal. 3:2, NKJV).
How would you answer that question, and what biblical reasons
can you give for that answer? Bring your answers to class on
Sabbath.

62
F riday February 1
(page 42 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “The World’s Need,” pp. 457–
460, in Testimonies to Ministers and Gospel Workers.

The vision of the opening of the seven seals points symbolically to


God’s care for, and discipline of, His people on earth. As Kenneth A.
Strand has pointed out:
“In Scripture there is assurance that God has always cared for His
people: that in history itself He is ever present to sustain them, and
that in the great eschatological denouement He will give them full vin-
dication and an incomprehensibly generous reward in life everlasting.
The book of Revelation picks up and expands beautifully this same
theme, and thus Revelation is not by any means some sort of offbeat
apocalypse that is out of tune with biblical literature in general; it con-
veys the very heart and substance of the biblical message. Indeed, as
Revelation emphatically points out, the ‘Living One’—the One who
conquered death and the grave (1:18)—will never forsake His faithful
followers and that even when they suffer martyrdom they are victorious
(12:11), with the ‘crown of life’ awaiting them (see 2:10; 21:1–4; and
22:4).”—Kenneth A. Strand, “The Seven Heads: Do They Represent
Roman Emperors?” in Symposium on Revelation—Book 2, Daniel and
Revelation Committee Series (Silver Spring, Md.: Biblical Research
Institute, 1992), vol. 7, p. 206.

Discussion Questions:
 What valuable lessons have you learned from the scene of the
opening of the seven seals? How does it show you that, no matter
how bad things are on earth, God is still sovereign, and ultimately,
all the promises that we have in Christ will be fulfilled?

 Reflect on the following statement: “The church is God’s


appointed agency for the salvation of men. It was organized for
service, and its mission is to carry the gospel to the world.”—Ellen
G. White, The Acts of the Apostles, p. 9. Think of your local church.
How could it be more faithful in order to reach people with the
gospel message?

 In class, bring your answer to Thursday’s final question: Who


can endure the day of His coming, and why can they endure?
Discuss the implications of your answer in terms of how we should
be living today in order to be prepared for the day of His coming.

63
i n s i d e
Story
Adopted at a Funeral
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Mourners gathered for the funeral of the young mother at the Seventh-day
Adventist church in Milange, a town just two miles (three kilometers) from
Mozambique’s border with Malawi.
The woman had died of HIV complications just five days after giving birth
to a baby boy. Her HIV-positive husband, the boy’s father, had died earlier.
The wee baby bawled during the funeral.
“He was crying because there was no one to nurse him,” said Clemente
Mateus Malala, a 61-year-old farmer who attended the funeral.
Clemente spoke with the baby’s relatives after the funeral and learned that
they had little money for milk and diapers. He considered buying the items but
worried that the relatives might resell them, so he offered to adopt the baby.
The boy, Laston, is now five and the youngest of four orphans adopted by
Clemente and his wife. They also have four grown biological children.
Clemente, who grows green beans and maize on his farm in rural western
Mozambique, is an active church member and lay evangelist who has led 430
people to baptism over the past 13 years. But nothing has touched his heart
like his four adopted children, who lost their parents to HIV/AIDS.
“God has blessed me with the gift of bringing people to Him, but real hap-
piness comes in caring for these orphans,” he said. “The adults that I lead to
Christ are able to take care of their physical needs, but the orphans would
suffer twice without me: Their physical needs wouldn’t be met, and they might
lose salvation.”
HIV/AIDS is a major challenge in Mozambique, and Clemente is among
Seventh-day Adventists striving to make a difference. He adopted his first
orphan, Rojerio, after seeing the two-year-old scavenging for food at the
roadside. Relatives told him that Rojerio’s parents had died and gladly handed
him over when he offered to raise the boy.
Clemente adopted the other two children, both girls, in a similar way.
Rojerio is now 15, and the two girls are 11 and 8.
“The least that I can do is take a few children and feed them in my home,”
Clemente said.
Clemente longs for an Adventist school where
his adopted children can study in Milange.
“We as a church are supposed to invest in educa-
tion to invest in the future of the church,” he said.

Part of this quarter’s Thirteenth Sabbath Offering will


help build such a school in Clemente’s town of Milange.
Thank you for your mission offering.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
64 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 5:9, 10

Study Focus: Revelation 6 describes the events that occur as the Lamb breaks
the first six of the seven seals.

Introduction: Chapter 6 portrays the first six of the seven seals. This scene
directly follows the vision of the heavenly throne room in chapter 5.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. The Four Horsemen (Rev. 6:1–8) Portray the Progress of the Gospel
and the Consequences of Its Rejection.
This interpretation depends on the identity of the white horse and its rider (Rev.
6:1, 2 [see theme I below] ).

II. The Main Old Testament Background of the Four Horses Involves the
Curses of the Covenant.
The Old Testament covenant, with its blessings and curses, is adopted in
chapter 6 as a metaphor of the gospel.

III. The Judgments Portrayed in Revelation 6 Affect the People of God.


This builds on the covenant promises and threats made to Israel in
Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 32.

IV. The “Souls Under the Altar” Passage Does Not Address the State of the
Dead.
The fifth seal (Rev. 6:9–11) has often been misused to argue conscious-
ness after death.

V. The Adventist Interpretation of the Sixth Seal Is Supported by the


Text.
The Adventist interpreation of Revelation 6:12–14 indicates both a move-
ment in time and a literal meaning for sun, moon, and stars.

Life Application: Class members are invited to explore the relevance of


the historicist interpretation of Revelation 6:12–14 and the answer to the
question in Revelation 6:17.

65
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Revelation 6 is clearly based on chapter 5. The chapter opens with
“and” (Greek: kai), indicating a connection to what precedes it. At the
close of chapter 5, the Lamb is holding the scroll (Rev. 5:7, 8) and
receiving the worship of the heavenly host (Rev. 5:12–14). As John
continues looking (both chapters begin with John saying “and I saw”
[Rev. 5:1, Rev. 6:1]), he sees the Lamb open seal after seal (Rev. 6:1,
3, 5, 7, 9, 12).
The events that occur as each seal is opened are not the content of the
scroll. All seven seals need to be broken before the scroll can be unrolled
and its contents seen (see Rev. 6:14).

Main Themes of Lesson 5 Elaborated:

I. The Four Horsemen (Rev. 6:1–8) Portray the Progress of the Gospel and the
Consequences of Its Rejection.
This interpretation depends on the identity of the white horse and
its rider (Rev. 6:1, 2). All the horses but this one produce afflictions.
White in Revelation always represents Christ or His people. The crown
(Greek: stephanos) worn by the rider is the victory crown. With only
one exception (Rev. 9:7), this kind of crown is always associated with
Christ and/or His people in the New Testament. In the first five chap-
ters of Revelation the word for conquering (Greek: nikôn, nikêsêi) also
refers consistently to Christ and His people (see, for example, Rev.
3:21). The rider on the white horse in Revelation 19 is clearly Christ
as “The Word of God,” and that rider is parallel to this one in chapter 6.
Clearly the concept of counterfeits is a major theme in Revelation,
but when counterfeits occur they are always clearly exposed as such
to the reader. In Revelation 6:1, 2, on the other hand, there is no hint
of evil. While the rider on the white horse in Revelation 19 wears
the royal crown (Greek: diadêma), rather than the victory crown, the
difference is explainable in terms of different stages of the conflict.
Revelation 6 represents the church militant, while Revelation 19 rep-
resents the church triumphant. The focus of the four horsemen seems
to be the victory of Christ and the progress of both the gospel and
resistance to the gospel.

II. The Main Old Testament Background of the Four Horses Involves the
Curses of the Covenant.
The main theme of Revelation 4 and 5 is worship of God as Creator
and the worthiness of the Lamb to apply His heavenly mediation to

66
teachers comments

counter the threats on earth to God’s kingdom. The theme of Revelation


6 is the curses of the covenant. The word “curse” here is not profanity;
rather, it expresses the consequences of disobedience (Lev. 26:21–26;
Deut. 32:23–25, 41–43; and Ezek. 14:12–21). In the Old Testament,
these curses were sword, famine, pestilence, and wild animals. The
curses were often sevenfold (Lev. 26:21, 24) and in Zechariah’s vision
were executed by four horses of different colors (Zech. 1:8–17, Zech.
6:1–8).
In the Old Testament, the covenant was between God and Israel. The
blessings and curses of the covenant there occurred in a literal fashion
in the nation of Israel. In the New Testament, faithfulness to Israel’s
covenant is determined in relation to Christ. Those faithful to Christ are
blessed (John 12:32; Acts 13:32, 33; 2 Cor. 1:20), and those who reject
Him will suffer the curse of death and everlasting destruction (Matt.
25:41).

III. The Judgments Portrayed in Revelation 6 Affect the People of God.


Revelation 6 builds on the covenant promises and threats made to
Israel in Leviticus 26 and Deuteronomy 32. While the judgments of the
seven trumpets fall on all the wicked (Rev. 9:4, 20, 21), the judgments
of the seven seals fall more specifically on the unfaithful people of
God. Satan’s kingdom has three parts in Revelation (Rev. 16:13, 19),
and the judgments of the trumpets fall on different thirds of the earth
(Rev. 8:7–12).

IV. The “Souls Under the Altar” Passage (Rev. 6:9–11) Does Not Address the
State of the Dead.
Some readers assume that the “souls under the altar” represent bodiless
consciousness after death. If taken literally, the meaning of this verse
would be contrary to bodily resurrection (1 Cor. 15:42–44, 53) and to the
teaching of Genesis 2:7, which sees the soul as the whole person, as well
as Ecclesiastes 9:5, which indicates no consciousness after death. But the
text in Revelation is clearly symbolic, echoing the story of Cain and Abel
(Gen. 4:10, 11) and the altar of burnt offering in the Hebrew sanctuary,
which is the only object in the sanctuary where anything happens at the
base (Lev. 5:9).
The “souls” under the altar are not in a disembodied state in
heaven. The altar of burnt offering represents the Cross of Christ
and the persecution of believers, things that happen on earth. And
the martyrs come to life again only at the beginning of the millennium

67
teachers comments

(Rev. 20:4). As was the case with the blood of Abel, the martyrs are
depicted as on earth, not in heaven. The crying out of the blood is a
metaphorical way of saying that the things done to them are held in
remembrance by God until their resurrection at the second coming of
Jesus (1 Thess. 4:16).

V. The Historicist Interpretation of the Sixth Seal Is Supported by the Text.


In the book The Great Controversy and other pioneer Seventh-day Adventist
works, Revelation 6:12–14 is applied to events in the relatively recent
past. The text describes two earthquakes separated by a series of heavenly
signs. The first earthquake was fulfilled by the Lisbon earthquake of
1755. This event was followed by the darkening of the sun and redness
of the moon in 1780—and the falling of the stars in 1833. The complete
disruption of both the sky and the surface of the planet was seen as still
future.
Two reasonable questions have arisen about this way of reading Revelation
6:12–14. (1) The entire passage is governed by the opening phrase, “When
he opened the sixth seal.” So the most natural grammatical reading is that all
the events in the passage occur at the same time, not separated by decades.
(2) Are the earthquakes, sun, moon, and stars to be taken literally, or are they
symbols of some sort of spiritual malady? Both of these objections can be
met by close observation of the Greek text.
First, the earthquake in Revelation 6:12 does not occur at the same time as
the one in Revelation 6:14. The earthquake in Revelation 6:12 (“great earth-
quake,” Greek: seismos megas) is paralleled to the earthquake in Revelation
11:13 (“great earthquake,” Greek: seismos megas). That earthquake takes
place prior to the close of probation (which happens at the beginning of the
seventh trumpet, see Rev. 10:7). On the other hand, the moving of every
mountain and island (Rev. 6:14) is parallel to Revelation 16:20, well after
the close of probation. So if the two earthquakes are separated by an unde-
termined period of time, it is reasonable that the other events of Revelation
6:12–14 also could be fulfilled at different times.
Second, there is a threefold “like” or “as” (Greek: hˉos) in verses 12 and 13.
In Greek this conjunction regularly introduces symbolism, which works best
when what comes before the hˉos is literal. So the actual sun became black
“like” sackcloth and the moon became “like” blood. The descriptions are
symbolic, but the heavenly bodies are real.

68
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


1. Seventh-day Adventists have understood Revelation 6:12–14 as
involving the Lisbon earthquake of 1755, the Dark Day of 1780,
and the falling of the stars in 1833—almost 100 years of history.
How does a comparison with Matthew 24 help or hurt that interpre-
tation? What is the spiritual payoff of a historicist interpretation of
the sixth seal?
A few English translations begin Matthew 24:30 (“at that
time”) associating all the heavenly signs with the second coming
of Jesus, which is still future. But the Greek simply has “and”
(kai), so the original text is as open-ended as Revelation 6:12–14
turned out to be. Matthew 24 supports the historicist interpre-
tation of Revelation 6.
The historicist view of prophecy assures us that (1) God is
in control of history, (2) His mission for the end time and for
His end-time people is clear, and (3) He cares deeply about His
people, vindicating the martyrs (Rev. 6:11) and protecting as
many as possible in the satanic chaos just before Jesus’ return
(Rev. 7:1–3).

2. The conclusion of chapter 6 asks the question, “Who shall be able to


stand?” (Rev. 6:17). What is the biblical answer to that question, and
what relevance does that answer have for today? God has a people
who will be able to stand in the very last days when the upheaval
on earth will be at its greatest. Just as Jesus faced His last days
before Calvary, the followers of Christ will likewise be dedicated to
their calling. Today we should all be preparing for that momentous
time. Next week we will discuss more concerning this issue.

69
United by
Mission

Let habo Masie Vitalina Mendes Moreira


nyne
Paulo P int o

W hat do an 8-year-old boy in Botswana, an Angolan student


in Zimbabwe, and a woman with no legs in São Tomé and
Príncipe have in common? They are united by mission in the
Southern Africa-Indian Ocean Division, which will receive this
quarter’s Thirteen Sabbath Offering.
Read more in the Youth and Adult Mission Quarterly
(bit.ly/adultmission) and the Children’s Mission Quarterly
(bit.ly/childrensmission).
Thank you for
supporting Adventist
Mission with your prayers
and Sabbath School
mission offerings.

19-1-ABSG Ad1.indd 1 12/7/17 5:14 PM


MARVIN MOORE examines the entrance of
sin, expands on God’s provision to save His
children, and looks at God’s end-time church.

US$14.99
ISBN 978-0-8163-6262-2
©2017 Pacific Press®
Publishing Association
Please contact your ABC
For eBooks, go to: for pricing in Canada.
Adventist-eBooks.com 1755902181
L esson 6 *February 2–8
(page 44 of Standard Edition)

The Sealed People of God

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Revelation 7; 2 Pet. 3:9–14;
Deut. 8:11–17; Rev. 14:4, 5, 12; Rev. 17:5; Rom. 3:19–24.

Memory Text: “ ‘These are the ones who come out of the great
tribulation, and washed their robes and made them white in the
blood of the Lamb’ ” (Revelation 7:14, NKJV).

T
he opening of the seven seals shows us that every person who
claims to believe in Christ will receive blessings for faithfulness
or curses for unfaithfulness. The first four seals describe God’s
disciplinary means to rouse His people from their spiritual lethargy
and make them victorious. Yet, God’s people also suffer injustice and
oppression in a world hostile to the gospel. At the opening of the sixth
seal, God is ready to deal with those who harmed His people.
Chapter 7 is an interlude inserted parenthetically between the sixth
and seventh seals. The sixth seal brings us to the second coming of
Christ. As the wicked face judgment, Revelation 7 answers their ques-
tion about who will stand on the day of Christ’s coming: those who have
been sealed, the 144,000. The other characteristics of the 144,000 are
given in Revelation 14:1–5.
There is also an interlude inserted between the sixth and seventh
trumpets (Rev. 10:1–11:14). This interlude, which commences with
the Second Great Awakening and the birth of the Advent movement,
coincides with the same time period as the opening scenes of chapter
7 and focuses on the experience and task of God’s end-time people.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, February 9.

72
S unday February 3
(page 45 of Standard Edition)

Restraining the Winds


Read Revelation 7:1–3 along with 2 Peter 3:9–14. What does John see?
How long are the angels supposed to restrain the winds? What will
happen when the sealing is concluded?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
In the Old Testament, winds stand for destructive forces by which God
executes judgments upon the wicked (Jer. 23:19, 20; Dan. 7:2). “As the
angels of God cease to hold in check the fierce winds of human passions,
all the elements of strife will be let loose.”—Ellen G. White, The Great
Controversy, p. 614. These destructive forces are being restrained by
divine intervention while the sealing of God’s people takes place.
In ancient times, the primary meaning of sealing was ownership. The
meaning of the symbolic sealing in the New Testament is that “  ‘the
Lord knows those who are His’ ” (2 Tim. 2:19, NKJV). God recog-
nizes His own people and seals them with the Holy Spirit (Eph. 1:13,
14; 4:30). At the end-time, the seal on the forehead is given to God’s
faithful people, who keep His commandments (Rev. 14:1, 12). It is
not a visible mark put on one’s forehead, but as Ellen G. White states,
it means “settling into the truth, both intellectually and spiritually, so
they [God’s people] cannot be moved.”—Last Day Events, p. 220. In
contrast, those who ultimately side with the beast receive the mark of
the beast (Rev. 13:16, 17).
The faithfulness of God’s sealed people has been tested in every
generation. However, the test of faithfulness in the final crisis will be
the keeping of God’s commandments (see Rev. 12:17, Rev. 14:12). In
particular, the fourth commandment will become the test of obedience
to God (Rev. 14:7). As the Sabbath has been the sign of God’s people
in biblical times (Ezek. 20:12, 20; Heb. 4:9, 10), so it will be the sign
of loyalty to God in the final crisis.
At the time of the end, the seal also functions as a sign of protection
from the destructive forces of the seven last plagues (see Ezek. 9:1–11
for the backdrop imagery of Rev. 7:1–3). Thus, the question raised in
Revelation 6:17 receives the ultimate answer: those who will be able to
stand protected on the day of God’s wrath are the sealed people of God.

Paul warns us not to grieve the Holy Spirit by whom we have


been sealed (Eph. 4:30). What does that mean? How does one
grieve the Holy Spirit? Once you have your answer, what choices
can you make to help you not to grieve Him?

_____________________________________________________

73
M onday February 4
(page 46 of Standard Edition)

The Sealed People of God


Read Revelation 7:4–8. What is the number of God’s sealed people?
What is the meaning of that specific number?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The announcement of the number of those who are sealed marks the
completion of the sealing. John hears that their number is 144,000 from
the 12 tribes of Israel. The reference here is not to a literal number but to
what it signifies. The number 144,000 consists of 12 times 12 times 1,000.
Twelve is a symbol of God’s people: the tribes of Israel and the church built
upon the foundation of the Twelve Apostles (Eph. 2:20). Thus, the number
144,000 stands for the totality of God’s end-time people: “All Israel” (Jews
and Gentiles) who are ready for Christ’s return and who will be translated
without seeing death (Rom. 11:26, 1 Cor. 15:51–53).
The 12 tribes listed in Revelation 7 are, obviously, not literal, because
the 12 tribes of Israel, encompassing both the Northern and Southern
Kingdoms, are not in existence today. The 10 tribes of the Northern
Kingdom were taken into captivity during the Assyrian conquest
(2 Kings 17:6–23), where they became integrated with other nations.
Thus, the 12 tribes do not constitute Judaism today.
Also, the list of the 12 tribes in Revelation 7 is like no other found
in Scripture (compare Num. 1:5–15, Ezek. 48:1–29). Judah is listed as
the first tribe (Rev. 7:5) instead of Reuben (compare with Num. 1:15).
Also, the tribes of Dan and Ephraim, included in the lists of Numbers
1 and Ezekiel 48, are omitted from the list in Revelation 7, while Levi
and Joseph are included instead (Rev. 7:7, 8). The obvious reason
for the exclusion of Ephraim, and apparently Dan, from the list in
Revelation 7 is that in the Old Testament these two tribes are apostate
and idolatrous (1 Kings 12:29, 30; Hos. 4:17).
The list of the tribes in Revelation 7 is not historical but spiritual. The
absence of Dan and Ephraim from the list suggests that the unfaithful-
ness of these two tribes will have no place among God’s sealed people.
Also, the church in the New Testament is referred to as the 12 tribes
of Israel (James 1:1). The 12 tribes in Revelation 7 stand for the entire
people of God who endure to the end, both Jews and Gentiles.

What Bible assurances does God give for those who will live
through the time of trouble?

_____________________________________________________
74
T uesday February 5
(page 47 of Standard Edition)

The Great Multitude


Read Revelation 7:9, 10. What group of saints does John see at this
point? How are they described, and where do they come from?
What are they shouting before God’s throne?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
John sees a “great multitude, which no one could number,” who came
“ ‘out of the great tribulation, and washed their robes and made them white
in the blood of the Lamb’ ” (Rev. 7:14, NKJV). That is, they are a special
group of people who, despite whatever tribulation they went through, have
stayed faithful to Jesus, a faithfulness symbolized by their being covered in
the robes of His perfect righteousness. The word “tribulation” is used very
frequently in the Bible to refer to the things that believers suffer for their
faith (see for example, Exod. 4:31, Ps. 9:9, Matt. 24:9, John 16:33, Rom.
5:3). Therefore, although some Adventist interpreters view this group as
another representation of the 144,000, we could understand the “great
multitude” as a reference to all the redeemed who have suffered for their
faith down through the ages.
Here, too, in John’s description of the “great multitude, which no
one could number,” we see, as we do in all the Bible, the great theme
of salvation by grace. The only claim of the redeemed to salvation, to
eternal life, to the new heavens and the new earth, is the righteousness
of Christ, which is given to them by grace.
“Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause
of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed
their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected
Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who
honored the law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and
the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond
is the ‘great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and
kindreds, and people, and tongues, . . . before the throne, and before the
Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands.’ Revelation
7:9. Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and
reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their tri-
umph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ
which now is theirs.”—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 665.

Yes, we are covered with the righteousness of Christ, a gift of


faith. But how can we maintain that faith and stay faithful amid
trials and tribulation? Or, even more important, how do we
maintain that faith and faithfulness in times of ease and prosper-
ity? (See Deut. 8:11–17.)

75
W ednesday February 6
(page 48 of Standard Edition)

Those Who Follow the Lamb


Read Revelation 14:1–5. What are the three chief characteristics of
the 144,000 saints? How are these characteristics related to the
description of the end-time saints in Revelation 14:12?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Revelation 14:4, 5 is a description of the 144,000 that aligns with
God’s last day people, who “keep the commandments of God, and the
faith of Jesus” (Rev. 14:12). Although they experienced the fullness of
Satan’s wrath in the final crisis, they have remained firm because of
their close relationship with Jesus.

In light of Revelation 17:5, in what sense have the 144,000 not been defiled
with women? How is the purity of their character related to the fact
that they are redeemed from the earth as the “firstfruits to God”
(Rev. 14:4, NKJV)?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Sexual immorality is a symbol of unfaithfulness to God. Revelation
17:5 talks about the end-time harlot Babylon and her daughters, with
whom all the people of the world will commit fornication (see also
Rev. 18:3). However, the 144,000 will remain loyal to Christ and resist
the defiling relationships with Babylon and the apostate churches. The
144,000 “follow the Lamb wherever He goes” (Rev. 14:4, NKJV).
The 144,000 are further described as the ones who have been
“redeemed from among men” as “firstfruits to God and to the Lamb”
(Rev. 14:4, NKJV). In ancient Israel, the firstfruits were the best fruits
of the harvest offered to God (Num. 18:12). The word “firstfruits” can
refer to saved people as distinct from those in the world (James 1:18),
but in Revelation the 144,000 are clearly a special group because they
will be translated without seeing death (1 Cor. 15:50–52). Thus, they
are the firstfruits of the larger harvest of the saved through all the ages
(see Rev. 14:14–16).

What are ways we can, even unknowingly, be in danger of com-


mitting spiritual fornication? Why do we delude ourselves if we
think we are not in such danger?

76
T hursday February 7
(page 49 of Standard Edition)

Salvation to Our God and the Lamb


Read Revelation 14:5 along with 2 Peter 3:14 and Jude 24, 25.
Revelation describes God’s end-time people as “without fault.”
How is this state achievable?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The final characteristic of the 144,000 is that “in their mouth was
found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God”
(Rev. 14:5). While the people of the world choose to believe Satan’s
lies, God’s end-time people, who are without deceitfulness in speech
or conduct, will receive the love of the truth so as to be saved (2 Thess.
2:10, 11).
-
“Without fault” (Greek amomos, “blameless”) refers to the fidelity of
the 144,000 to Christ. In the Bible, God’s people are called to be holy
(Lev. 19:2, 1 Pet. 2:9). Abraham (Gen. 17:1) and Job (Job 1:1) were
blameless. Christians are called to be holy and without blemish before
God (Eph. 5:27, Phil. 2:15).

Read Romans 3:19–24. Why must we always keep this crucial truth
before us?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
In the closing days of this world’s history, the 144,000 will reflect the
character of Christ. Their salvation will reflect what Christ has done for
them and in them rather than their own holiness and works (see Eph.
2:8–10). The 144,000 have washed their robes and made them white in
the blood of the Lamb (Rev. 7:14) and, as such, are found “spotless and
blameless” before God (2 Pet. 3:14, NASB).

“We need to be refined, cleansed from all earthliness, till we


reflect the image of our Saviour, and become ‘partakers of the
divine nature.’ . . .
“When the conflict of life is ended, when the armor is laid off
at the feet of Jesus, when the saints of God are glorified, then and
then only will it be safe to claim that we are saved, and sinless.”
—Ellen G. White, Selected Messages, book 3, pp. 355, 356.
How can we live a life of sanctification in active preparation for
eternity and yet not suffer from the pitfalls of perfectionism and
fanatical holiness?

77
F riday February 8
(page 50 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “Sinlessness and Salvation,”


pp. 353–357, in Selected Messages, book 3.

The identity of the 144,000 is a hotly debated issue. What seems evi-
dent in Revelation is that the 144,000 are the last generation of God’s
people in the closing days of this earth’s history. We know that they
will go through the time of trouble and be protected from the seven last
plagues (see Ps. 91:7–16) and that their loyalty will be tested like no
generation in the past.
Exactly who will be in that group is not revealed to us. Their identity
is one of the secrets that God has kept for Himself (Deut. 29:29). Only
the future will reveal who will be a part of this group of saved saints.
Regarding this mystery, we have been given a warning:
“Christ says that there will be those in the church who will present
fables and suppositions, when God has given grand, elevating, enno-
bling truths which should ever be kept in the treasure house of the
mind. When men pick up this theory and that theory, when they are
curious to know something it is not necessary for them to know, God
is not leading them. It is not His plan that His people shall present
something which they have to suppose, which is not taught in the Word.
It is not His will that they shall get into controversy over questions
which will not help them spiritually, such as, Who is to compose the
hundred and forty-four thousand? This those who are the elect of God
will in a short time know without question.”—Ellen G. White, Selected
Messages, book 1, p. 174.

Discussion Questions:
 Think of the following admonition: “Let us strive with all
the power that God has given us to be among the hundred and
forty-four thousand.”—Ellen G. White Comments, The SDA Bible
Commentary, vol. 7, p. 970. How can you put these words into
practice? How does this striving impact your daily decisions?

 An important characteristic of the 144,000 end-time saints is


the singing of the new song. It is a song that no one else can sing
because it is a song of experience—an experience that no other
group in history ever had (Rev. 14:3, 4; Rev. 15:2, 3). As you think
of your own life, how does your present spiritual walk reflect a
song of a fresh experience with God? Or does your life reflect your
past stale stories of God’s works in your life, lacking evidence of
present commitment? What changes can you make right now to
help you recommit your life to Him?

 What is the difference between just knowing about Christ and


truly knowing Him? If someone were to ask you, “What is Christ
like?” what would you answer, and why?
78
i n s i d e
Story
Checklist for a Spouse
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Lena Engel made a list of the qualities that she sought in her future hus-
band after she broke up with her first boyfriend.
At the top of her list: a spiritual person. He must be organized, accept
responsibility, and have leadership qualities. She also wanted someone with
similar hobbies such as exercising and nature.
Lena’s mother shook her head.
“You’ll have a hard time finding a man like this,” she said.
Lena, a German native, met her first boyfriend in high school and, after
graduating, left him in Europe so she could work for a year as a mission
teacher in the South American country of Guyana. In the jungles, she reflected
about her boyfriend and realized that she had pursued the relationship based
on feelings.
Back in Germany, Lena ended the relationship and made the checklist that
she showed to her mother.
Months passed, and Lena immersed herself in university studies without
any time or interest in marriage. One morning during personal devotions, she
felt impressed to read Ellen G. White’s Letters to Young Lovers and make a
new list.
The list ended up being 75 percent new, cutting through feelings and culture
to reach the heart of a relationship (read the list at the link: bit.ly/lenas-list).
With the list in hand, Lena saw ways to improve in her own life. She wondered
where she would find a man who met the criteria. Immediately she remem-
bered Gerson.
Lena had met Gerson, a fellow German missionary, in Guyana, and they
had taught at the same high school for several months. They remained friends
in Germany.
Although Lena had been taught to allow the man to take the lead, she made
her interest clear to Gerson the next time that they met at a church event.
Gerson joyfully recognized her interest but resolved to seek God’s approval
before revealing his own feelings. For three months, he read the Bible, The
Adventist Home, and Letters to Young Lovers to gain a better understanding
of God’s will for marriage. Finally, he realized that
he and Lena shared similar principles and, with the
blessing of his parents and grandparents, reached
out to Lena.
Today, Lena and Gerson Engel are happily
married and teach at Bogenhofen, a Seventh-day
Adventist boarding school in Austria.
“Ellen White gives great advice on how to find
the right husband or wife,” Lena said. “Read and
practice what she says, and you’ll be richly blessed.”

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 79
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 6:17

Study Focus: Revelation 7 answers the question of Revelation 6:17: Who will be
able to stand at the second coming of Jesus?

Introduction: Revelation 7 reveals the importance of being sealed in order to


survive the calamities that accompany the Second Coming.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. The Meaning of Seals and Sealing


Documents are sealed to conceal or validate their contents. People are sealed as
a sign of ownership or for protection.

II. Ephesians 4:30 and the Cosmic Conflict


In context, the grieving of the Spirit is a localized version of the cosmic
conflict.

III. Is the Number 144,000 Literal or Symbolic?


The lesson interprets the number symbolically, which is supported in
theme III in Part II.

IV. Are the 144,000 and the Great Multitude Two Different Groups or Two
Ways of Describing the Same End-Time People of God?
The lesson is ambiguous regarding the answer to this question. See further
discussion of this issue in the “Commentary” section in part II.

V. Romans 3:19–24 and the Meaning of “Without Fault” (Rev. 14:5)


The lesson references Romans 3 to argue against a perfectionistic inter-
pretation of “without fault.” This argument is further elaborated in part II.

Life Application: Class members are invited to reflect on God’s restraining


of evil in today’s world, and the meanings of both the military imagery in
Revelation 7:1–8 and the new song that only the 144,000 can sing (Rev.
14:3).

80
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Chapter 7 is inserted parenthetically between the sixth (Rev. 6:12–17)
and seventh (Rev. 8:1) seals. Chapter 6 closes with the opponents of
God calling on the rocks and mountains to hide them from the face of
God and the wrath of the Lamb (Rev. 6:15, 16). They then close with
the poignant statement, “For the great day of His wrath has come, and
who is able to stand?” (Rev. 6:17, NKJV). That question is answered in
chapter 7 with the appearance of two groups: the 144,000 (Rev. 7:4–8)
and the great multitude (Rev. 7:9–14). In order to survive the calami­
ties that accompany the Second Coming, it is necessary to be sealed
(Rev. 7:1–3). The end result is a people who stand blameless before
the throne of God (Rev. 14:5) and serve Him in His temple (Rev. 7:15).
The purpose of Revelation 7 and 14, within their larger context, is to
identify what God’s people will be like just before the Second Coming.

Main Themes of Lesson 6 Elaborated:

I. The Meaning of Seals and Sealing


In the ancient world, sealing a book had two main purposes. One sealed
a book to conceal its contents from view (Isa. 29:11, Rev. 10:4) or to
validate the contents as being authentic or official (1 Kings 21:8, Esther
8:8, Jer. 32:44). Concealment seems to be the basic purpose of sealing
the book in Revelation 5. The book was already validated by being in
God’s possession. Breaking the seals and opening the book would bring
its contents into view.
A more symbolic use of the word sealing had to do with people.
Sealing a person could be a sign of ownership (Eph. 1:13, Eph. 4:30,
2 Tim. 2:19, Rev. 14:1) or a sign of protection (Ezek. 9:4–6). In early
Judaism sealing was associated with circumcision. In second-century
Christianity, sealing was associated with baptism. So the sealing of the
people by God would be a sign that they belong to God (2 Tim. 2:19,
Rev. 9:4) and that God knows the ones who belong to Him. In a spiritual
sense, sealing validates where a person stands with God.
But the sealing of Revelation 7 is different. Here the “servants of
God” (Rev. 7:3 [already sealed in the first sense] ) are sealed as a pro-
tection against the calamities that accompany the end time (Rev. 6:15–
7:3). See the first point under the “Life Application” section below.

II. Ephesians 4:30 and the Cosmic Conflict


In light of the discussion above, it may surprise some that the lesson refers
to Ephesians 4:30 in the context of this end-time sealing for protection.

81
teachers comments

The context of Ephesians 4:30 is a list of moral behaviors that grieve the
Spirit (Eph. 4:25–5:2). But there is an apocalyptic ele­ment to this list
of behaviors. Believers are to give “no opportunity to the devil” (Eph.
4:27, RSV, ESV). Instead, they are to be imitators of God (Eph. 5:1). So
grieving the Spirit is in the context of the cosmic conflict between God
and Satan. The believer is to imitate the character of God (truth, honesty,
graceful and encouraging speech, kindness, tenderheartedness, forgive-
ness, love, self-sacrifice), rather than the character of Satan (lying, anger,
stealing, abusive speech, bitter­ness, hardheartedness, slander, hatred). As
is the case in the book of Revelation, the little battles of daily character
work are tied to the much bigger conflict in the universe.

III. Is the Number 144,000 Literal or Symbolic?


A symbolic reading of the number is to be preferred.
1. The list of 12 tribes is not found in this form anywhere else; it is not a
literal list. In proof of point, Judah is listed first, instead of Reuben. Joseph
(father of Ephraim and Manasseh) replaces Ephraim. The tribe of Dan is
missing from the list, and Levi is included (compare Num. 1:5–15, Num.
13:4–15). They also are not listed in birth order (Gen. 49:3–28).
2. Revelation 1:1 tells us the whole book of Revelation was “signified”
(KJV [Greek: esêmanen, often translated “made known”] ) in symbolic
language referring to the future. So in Revelation the best way to approach
the text is to treat everything as a symbol, unless it is obvious that a literal
meaning is intended.
3. Interpreting the tribes as literal descendants of Jacob flies in the
face of the fact that at least 10 of those tribes are essentially lost to his-
tory. Some Jews can still trace their lineage back to Judah, Benjamin, or
Levi—but not the rest.

IV. Are the 144,000 and the Great Multitude Two Different Groups or Two
Ways of Describing the Same End-Time People of God?
Some believe that the two groups are different; some believe that they are
the same. In this lesson, we will first look at an argument for the groups
being the same.
The terms used for God’s end-time people are often interchangeable
in Revelation. John never sees the 144,000 in chapter seven. He hears
the number (Rev. 7:4), but “after these things” when he looks, he sees a
group that no one can number, a great multitude (Rev. 7:9). This is said
to be a literary pattern in Revelation. John hears one thing (Lion) then
sees its opposite (Lamb); but the two are different ways of describing

82
teachers comments

one reality (Rev. 5:5, 6; see also Rev. 1:10–12; Rev. 17:1, 3).
On the other hand, there are many who believe that the 144,000 and the
great multitude are two different groups—the former representing God’s
end-time people and the latter representing God’s people throughout
all the ages. Those supporting this view usually point out the differences
between the groups. The 144,000 are a number from the 12 tribes of Israel
who are seen on the earth and appear before the four winds are released. In
contrast, the great multitude cannot be numbered, are from every nation,
are seen before the throne, and appear after the great tribulation. Also,
Revelation 14:1–5 further distinguishes the 144,000 from that group.

V. Romans 3:19–24 and the Meaning of “Without Fault” (Rev. 14:5)


Romans 3 makes clear that nothing a human being can do earns justifica-
tion before God (Rom. 3:20). All have sinned and therefore fall short of
the glory of God (Rom. 3:23). The present tense of “fall short” (NKJV
[Greek: husterountai] ) means that we will always need a Savior and the
forgiveness that His sacrifice has provided for us. Not until the sins are
blotted out and we are given the finishing touch of immortality will that
change. So “without fault” does not mean without the need of forgiveness.
It means the kind of loyalty in which one would rather die than sin. The
144,000 trust Jesus to keep their robes clean (Rev. 7:14) and are uncom-
promising in their obedience to the One who redeemed them (Rev. 14:4,
5). It is His righteousness after all.

Part III: Life Application


1. Reflecting on Revelation 7:1–3, do you think we are living in a time
when God is restraining evil forces or a time when they are being let
loose? If God is the One restraining, who is the one doing all the dam-
age? When God does act in judgment, why does He do so? Some pos-
sible answers include the following:
In many ways today’s turbulent times seem as if everything is falling
apart. On the other hand, compared to the horrors of the Holocaust and
World War II, the casualties of terrorism are fairly minor in scope, and
most neighborhoods seem reasonably safe. So one could argue we still
live in a time of restraint.
The finger of blame for the evils in the world falls clearly on Satan
in the book of Revelation (Rev. 9:11, Rev. 12:12). He, not God, is the
destroyer.
83 83
teachers comments

When God acts in judgment, the purpose is not usually to


destroy but to discipline His people (as in Rev. 3:19, Heb. 12:5–7)
or to deliver them from harm by evil forces (Rev. 20:7–10). Satan
is relentless in his pursuit of destruction. If it were not for the
restraining influence of God’s Spirit, things would be far worse
than they are now. When God does execute His final judgment to
destroy sin and sinners, it is called His “strange act” (Isa. 28:21).

2. Why is there so much military imagery in the Bible? Military


imager­y is familiar to people today, as well, given that the news,
action movies, and spy thrillers keep war activity at the center of
people’s consciousness. God meets people where they are, using
familiar language to illustrate spiritual truths. In Revelation, care-
ful observa­tion tells us that the most important battles are often a
war of words and ideas. The war in heaven is between Christ and
the “accuser of our brethren” (Rev. 12:10, 11). Those who survive
the battle of Armageddon are those practicing spiritual watchful-
ness (Rev. 16:14–16).

3. What is the meaning of the “new song” in Revelation 14:3? Why


can no one sing that song except the 144,000? The 144,000 have
a unique experience, passing through the character-shaping
events of the end time (Rev. 7:1–3, Rev. 14:1–5). The tribulations
of the end time will develop in them a unique appreciation for
Christ that would not have happened otherwise. God does not
will the troubles of the end time, but He uses them to enhance the
Christlikeness of His followers. The end-time believers will then be
able to play a unique role in eternity (Rev. 7:14, 15 [see theme IV
in the “Commentary” section in Part II] ).

84
L esson 7 *February 9–15
(page 52 of Standard Edition)

The Seven Trumpets

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 8:1–13; Num. 10:8–10;
Ezek. 10:2; Rev. 10:1–11; Dan. 12:6, 7; Rev. 11:1–13; Leviticus 16.

Memory Text: “But in the days of the sounding of the seventh


angel, when he is about to sound, the mystery of God would be fin-
ished, as He declared to His servants the prophets” (Revelation 10:7,
NKJV).

I
n the scene of the fifth seal, we saw that the cry of God’s oppressed
people reflects the cry of the faithful of all ages. These faithful ones
were portrayed as souls under the altar, crying to God for justice
and vindication, saying: “ ‘How long, O Lord?’ ” (Rev. 6:10, NKJV).
The voice from heaven urged them to wait, because the day was coming
when God would judge those who harmed them. Revelation 6:15–17
pictures Jesus returning to this earth and bringing judgment upon those
who did evil to His faithful followers.
The scene of the fifth seal represents the experience of God’s suffering
people throughout history, from the time of Abel until the time when God
will finally judge and avenge “ ‘the blood of His servants’ ” (Rev. 19:2,
NKJV). God’s suffering people must remain firm and believe that God
hears the prayers of His people.
The vision of the seven trumpets shows that, throughout history,
God already has intervened on behalf of His oppressed people and has
judged those who harmed them. The purpose of the seven trumpets is
to assure God’s people that heaven is not indifferent to their suffering.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, February 16.

85
S unday February 10
(page 53 of Standard Edition)

The Prayers of the Saints


Revelation 8 opens with a picture of seven angels standing before
God, ready to blow their trumpets. Before the trumpets are blown,
another scene is inserted. Its purpose is to explain the theological
meaning of the trumpets.
Read Revelation 8:3, 4 along with the description of the daily ser-
vices in the temple in Jerusalem given below: a Jewish commentary
on the Bible explains that at the evening sacrifice the lamb was placed
upon the altar of burnt offering, and the blood was poured out at the
base of the altar. An appointed priest took the golden censer inside
the temple and offered incense on the golden altar in the Holy Place.
When the priest came out, he threw the censer down on the pavement,
producing a loud noise. At that point, seven priests blew their trumpets,
marking the end of the temple services for that day.
One can see how the language of the evening service is used in
Revelation 8:3–5. It is significant that the angel receives incense at
the “golden altar which was before the throne” (Rev. 8:3, NKJV). The
incense represents the prayers of God’s people (Rev. 5:8). Their prayers
are now being answered by God.
Revelation 8:3–5 provides important information regarding the trum-
pets in Revelation:
a. The seven trumpets are God’s judgments on rebellious humanity
in response to the prayers of His oppressed people.
b. The trumpets follow the death of Jesus as the Lamb and run con-
secutively throughout history until the Second Coming (see Rev.
11:15–18).

Read Revelation 8:5 along with Ezekiel 10:2. How does Ezekiel’s
vision of hurling fire upon apostate Jerusalem elucidate the nature
of the trumpets in Revelation?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The angel fills the censer with fire from the altar and hurls it down
to the earth. Significantly, this fire comes from the very altar on which
the prayers of the saints were offered. The fact that the fire comes from
that very altar shows that the seven trumpet judgments fall upon the
inhabitants of the earth in answer to the prayers of God’s people and
also that God will intervene in their behalf in His appointed time. The
throwing down of the censer also may be a warning that Christ’s inter-
cession will not last forever. There will be a close of probationary time
(see Rev. 22:11, 12).

86
M onday February 11
(page 54 of Standard Edition)

The Meaning of the Trumpets


In portraying God’s interventions on behalf of His people, Revelation
uses the imagery of trumpets in the Old Testament. Trumpets were an
important part of the daily life of ancient Israel (see Num. 10:8–10
and 2 Chron. 13:14, 15). Their sound reminded people of the worship
in the temple; trumpets also were blown in battle, at harvesttime, and
during festivals.
Blowing trumpets went hand in hand with prayer. During worship in
the temple or during the festivals, the trumpets “reminded” God of His
covenant with His people. They also reminded people to be ready for
the “day of the Lord” (Joel 2:1). During battle, the trumpet sound gave
key instruction and warnings and called upon God to save His people.
This concept is the backdrop for the trumpets in Revelation.

Read Revelation 8:13 and Revelation 9:4, 20, 21. Who are the objects
of the judgments of the seven trumpets?
_____________________________________________________
The events triggered by the trumpets in Revelation denote God’s
intervention in history in response to the prayers of His people. While
the seals concern primarily those who profess to be God’s people, the
trumpets herald judgments against the inhabitants of the earth (Rev.
8:13). At the same time, they are warnings for those who dwell on the
earth to bring them to repentance before it is too late.
The seven trumpets cover the course of events from John’s time until
the conclusion of this earth’s history (Rev. 11:15–18). They are blown
while intercession goes on in heaven (Rev. 8:3–6) and the gospel is
being preached on earth (Rev. 10:8–11:14). The judgments of the
trumpets are partial; they affect only one third of creation. The seventh
trumpet announces that the time has arrived for God to assume His
rightful rule. The seven trumpets apply approximately to the same peri-
ods covered by the seven churches and the seven seals:
(a) The first two trumpets herald judgments upon the nations that
crucified Christ and persecuted the early church: rebellious Jerusalem
and the Roman Empire.
(b) The third and fourth trumpets portray heaven’s judgment against
the apostasy of the Christian church in the medieval period.
(c) The fifth and sixth trumpets describe the warring factions in the
religious world during the late medieval and post-Reformation periods.
These periods are characterized by increasing demonic activity that ulti-
mately draws the world into the battle of Armageddon.

No question, history is bloody and full of pain and sorrow. How


should this sad reality help us realize just how wonderful what
we have been promised through Jesus really is?
87
T uesday February 12
(page 55 of Standard Edition)

The Angel With an Open Book


The sixth trumpet brings us to the time of the end. What are God’s
people called to do during this time? Before the seventh trumpet
sounds, an interlude is inserted, explaining the task and experience of
God’s people at the end time.

Read Revelation 10:1–4. What is happening here?


_____________________________________________________
“The mighty angel who instructed John was no less a person-
age than Jesus Christ.”—Ellen G. White Comments, The SDA Bible
Commentary, vol. 7, p. 971. He places His feet on the sea and the land,
signifying His universal rule and that what He is about to proclaim has
worldwide significance. He shouts with the roar of a lion. A lion’s roar
symbolizes God’s voice (see Hos. 11:10, Rev. 5:5).
John is not allowed to write down what the thunders have said. There
are things concerning the future that God has not revealed to us through
John.

Read Revelation 10:5–7. Compare this passage with Daniel 12:6, 7.


What words do they have in common?

When the Angel states that there will “be time no longer” (Rev. 10:6),
the Greek word chronos shows that He refers to a period of time. This
points back to Daniel 12:6, 7, where an angel states the persecution
of the saints will last for a time, times, and half a time, or 1,260 years
(a.d. 538–1798) during which the church was persecuted by the papacy
(compare Dan. 7:25). Since in Daniel and Revelation a prophetic “day”
symbolizes a year (Num. 14:34, Ezek. 4:6), 360 “days” equal 360 years,
and three and a half times (or “years”) equals 1,260 “days” or years.
Sometime after this prophetic period, the end would come.
The statement that time will be no longer refers to the time prophe-
cies of Daniel, particularly the 2,300 prophetic days of Daniel 8:14
(457 b.c.–a.d. 1844). After this period, there no longer will be prophetic
time periods. Ellen White states: “This time, which the angel declares
with a solemn oath, is . . . prophetic time, which should precede the
advent of our Lord. That is, the people will not have another message
upon definite time. After this period of time, reaching from 1842
to 1844, there can be no definite tracing of the prophetic time. The
longest reckoning reaches to the autumn of 1844.”—Ellen G. White
Comments, The SDA Bible Commentary, vol. 7, p. 971.

What does this statement from Ellen White tell us about why we
must avoid all future date setting?

88
W ednesday February 13
(page 56 of Standard Edition)

Eating the Scroll


Read Revelation 10:8–11. Eating in the Bible is used to describe the
acceptance of a message from God in order to proclaim it to the people
(see Ezek. 2:8–3:11, Jer. 15:16). When received, the message is good
news; but when it is proclaimed, it sometimes results in bitterness as it
is resisted and rejected by many.
John’s bittersweet experience in eating the scroll (representing the
book of Daniel) is related to the unsealing of Daniel’s end-time prophe-
cies. John here represents God’s end-time remnant church that is com-
missioned to proclaim the everlasting gospel (see Rev. 14:6, 7) at the
close of Daniel’s time prophecy (Dan. 7:25) or 1,260 days/years.
The context indicates that John’s vision points to another bittersweet
experience at the conclusion of the prophetic 2,300-year period. When,
on the basis of Daniel’s prophecies, the Millerites thought that Christ
would return in 1844, that message was sweet to them. However, when
Christ did not appear as expected, they experienced a bitter disappoint-
ment and searched the Scriptures for a clearer understanding.
John’s commission to “prophesy again” to the world points to
Sabbath-keeping Adventists, raised up to proclaim the message of
the Second Coming in connection with the prophecies of Daniel and
Revelation.

Read Revelation 11:1, 2. What is John ordered to do?


_____________________________________________________
This passage continues the scene of Revelation 10. John was com-
manded to measure the temple, the altar, and the worshipers. The
concept of measuring in the Bible refers figuratively to judgment (see
Matt. 7:2). The temple that was to be measured is in heaven, where
Jesus ministers for us. The reference to the temple, the altar, and
the worshipers points to the Day of Atonement (see Lev. 16:16–19).
This day was a day of “measuring,” as God judged His people. Thus,
Revelation 11:1 refers to the judgment that takes place prior to the
Second Coming. This judgment concerns exclusively God’s people—
the worshipers in the temple.
Revelation 11:1 shows that the heavenly-sanctuary message lies at
the heart of the final gospel proclamation, which includes the vindica-
tion of God’s character. As such, it gives the full dimension of the gos-
pel message regarding the atoning work of Christ and His righteousness
as the only means of salvation for human beings.

Keeping in mind how central blood was to the Day of Atonement


ritual (see Leviticus 16), how can we always keep before us the
reality that the judgment is good news? Why is this truth so
important?
89
T hursday February 14
(page 57 of Standard Edition)

The Two Witnesses


Read Revelation 11:3–6. In what ways do the two witnesses reflect
Zerubbabel and Joshua in their royal and priestly roles? See Zech.
4:2, 3, 11–14.

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The idea of two witnesses comes from the Jewish legal system,
which requires at least two witnesses to establish something as true
(John 8:17). The two witnesses represent the Bible—both Old and New
Testaments. The two cannot be separated. God’s people are called to
proclaim the full Bible message to the world—“ ‘the whole counsel of
God’ ” (Acts 20:27, NKJV).
The witnesses are pictured as prophesying in sackcloth during the
prophetic period of 1,260 days/years (a.d. 538–1798). Sackcloth is
the garment of mourning (Gen. 37:34); it points to the difficult time
when the truths of the Bible were buried, and covered over, by human
traditions.

Read Revelation 11:7–13. In your own words, describe what happened


to the two witnesses at the end of the prophetic 1,260 days/years.

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The beast that kills the two witnesses arises from the very abode of
Satan. This killing of the witnesses applies historically to the atheistic
attack on the Bible and the abolition of religion in connection with the
events of the French Revolution. The antireligious system established
in France possessed the moral degradation of Sodom, the atheistic arro-
gance of Egypt, and the rebelliousness of Jerusalem. What happened
to Jesus in Jerusalem now happens to the Bible by this antireligious
system.
The resurrection of the witnesses points to the great revival of
interest in the Bible in the aftermath of the French Revolution, which
resulted in the rise of the Second Advent movement with its restoration
of Bible truth, the establishment of Bible societies, and the worldwide
distribution of the Bible.
Right before the end, the world will witness one final global Bible
proclamation (Rev. 18:1–4). This final message will provoke opposi-
tion empowered by the demonic entities, working miracles, to deceive
the world and draw worshipers of the beast into a final battle against
God’s faithful witnesses (see Rev. 16:13–16; Rev. 14:12).
90
F riday February 15
(page 58 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: The seventh trumpet (Rev. 11:15–18) signals the


conclusion of this earth’s history. The time has come for God to reveal
His power and to reign. This rebellious planet, which has been under the
dominion of Satan for thousands of years, is about to come back under
God’s dominion and rule. It was after Christ’s death on the cross and His
ascension to heaven that Christ was proclaimed to be the legitimate ruler
of the earth (Rev. 12:10, 11). Satan continues to wreak all the havoc he
can, knowing that his time is short (Rev. 12:12). The seventh trumpet
heralds that the usurping powers have been dealt with and that this world
finally has come under Christ’s rightful rule.
The seventh trumpet outlines the content of the remainder of the
book: (1) The nations were angry: Revelation 12–14 describes Satan
as filled with anger (Rev. 12:17), who with his two allies—the sea
beast and the earth beast—prepares the nations of the world to fight
against God’s people. (2) Your wrath has come: God’s answer to the
anger of the nations is the seven last plagues, which are referred to as
God’s wrath (see Rev. 15:1). (3) The time for the dead to be judged is
described in Revelation 20:11–15. (4) And to reward God’s servants is
portrayed in Revelation 21 and 22. (5) To destroy those who destroy the
earth: Revelation 19:2 states that end-time Babylon is judged because
it destroyed the earth. The destruction of Satan, his hosts, and his
two allies is the final act in the drama of the great controversy (Rev.
19:11–20:15).

Discussion Questions:
 At times we find that preaching the gospel can be a bitter
experience (Rev. 10:10); our words are rejected and mocked, and
we ourselves can be rejected and mocked. Sometimes preaching
can even stir up opposition. What Bible characters can you think
of who faced such trials, and what can we learn from their experi-
ences for ourselves?

 Reflect on the following statement: “Again and again have I


been warned in regard to time setting. There will never again be
a message for the people of God that will be based on time. We
are not to know the definite time either for the outpouring of the
Holy Spirit or for the coming of Christ.”—Ellen G. White, Selected
Messages, book 1, p. 188. What problems do you see with drafting
overly detailed prophetic charts of the final events after 1844?
How can one safeguard against the pitfalls that charts like these
may bring?

91
i n s i d e
Story
Missionary Changed My “F”
By Eugene Fransch
I was an average student in my theology classes at Solusi College in pre-
independent Zimbabwe. My hardest subject was Greek, and the highest
grade that I ever got was a “C.”
When I wrote my final Greek exam, I knew that I had failed.
“Doc, I failed again,” I said as I handed it to the professor, Dr. Leo Raunio.
He smiled and said, “It’s OK.”
For the next week, I mourned the fact that I couldn’t graduate. I had planned
to get married a month later, and the notion of spending another six months
redoing Greek was unthinkable.
Then Dr. Raunio, a retirement-age missionary born in Finland, called me
into his office, and I understood for the first time the meaning of God’s grace.
“I’ve been watching you for four years on this campus,” Dr. Raunio said.
“I’ve seen you change from a radical fellow to a hardworking young man who
loves the Lord. I noticed that even the music on your tape recorder changed
from rock and roll music to Christian music.”
I was surprised that he had observed something that no one else seemed to
have noticed.
“You have done well on your other subjects and passed,” Dr. Raunio said.
“But you have battled with Greek. I know how much this graduation means
to you in three weeks. I know you have done all you could to pass your Greek
exam but failed.
“Still, I want to give you grace,” he said. “I know the Lord has a plan for
you in the work that you are going to do. By grace, I’m going to give you a
passing grade so you can graduate.”
Then he prayed for God to guide my future work.
Little did I know how far God would take me. The Lord helped me to
work for 18 years as youth ministries director for the Adventist Church in
Zimbabwe. After that, I served as youth director at the church division for
seven years. I also received a doctorate in leadership. Every day, I pray for
God’s help to extend grace to others, just as it was given to me.
God sees potential in us even in our lowest state of sin. He sees what we
can accomplish once we’re filled with His Spirit. We also should stop looking
at the present and adopt God’s eyes to see the future
potential in others.
Eugene Fransch, 61, is associate secretary with the
Zimbabwe Union Conference based in Bulawayo,
Zimbabwe. Leo Raunio died at the age of 72 in 1984, three
years after Eugene’s graduation.
Part of a 2015 Thirteenth Sabbath Offering went to Solusi
University to double the size of its crowded cafeteria from
500 seats to 1,000.
.
Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
92 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 10:7

Study Focus: The seven trumpets (Rev. 8:2–11:18) build on a vision of the heav-
enly ministry and the incense altar (Rev. 8:3, 4) and contain an “interlude”
(Rev. 10:1–11:14) that offers a view of God’s people in the midst of the horrific
sixth trumpet (Rev. 9:13–21).

Introduction: The purpose of the trumpets is clarified in connection with


the fifth seal (Rev. 6:9–11). Reference to both the golden altar of
incense and the altar of burnt offering, as well as to the prayers of the
saints in Revelation 8:3, 4, connects the trumpets with the scene in
Revelation 6:9, 10. The seven trumpets answer the prayers of the saints
for judgment on those who have persecuted them. Therefore, the events
portrayed in the trumpets likely fall on the opponents of God’s people
throughout Christian history.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. The Meaning of Trumpets in the Bible

II. The Time When the Trumpets Begin

III. The Meaning of the Imagery in the First Six Trumpets

IV. The Relation of the “Interlude” to the Seven Trumpets

V. The Allusion to Daniel 12 in Revelation 10

Life Application: After reading about the trumpets, consider how the trum-
pets and the fifth seal offer encouragement to those who suffer for the
sake of the gospel and reveal the fate of those who oppose the gospel.

93
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


The seven trumpets of Revelation (particularly Rev. 8:2–9:21) is one
of the most difficult passages in the Bible to interpret. Adventist stu-
dents of the Bible have not come to agreement on its meaning through
the years. But there are aspects of the passage that are reasonably
clear, and some of these are elaborated below.

Main Themes of Lesson 7 Elaborated:

I. The Meaning of Trumpets in the Bible


The Greek words for trumpets and trumpeting occur 144 times in the
Greek translation of the Old Testament. The vast majority of those
references (105 out of 144) concern either signaling in warfare, wor-
ship, and prayer—or a combination thereof. The clearest single passage
on the meaning of trumpets is Numbers 10:8–10. In ancient Israel the
trumpets were always to be handled by the priests (Num. 10:8), even in
warfare. So there is a spiritual meaning that Israel was to discern in the
blowing of trumpets. Signaling trumpets represented a prayer to God for
intervention in battle (Num. 10:9). Likewise, in the temple and on the
feast days, the blowing of trumpets invited God’s spiritual intervention
in the lives of His people (Num. 10:10). So the essential meaning of
trumpets in the Old Testament is covenant-based prayer, calling on God
to remember His people.
Most of the occurrences of trumpets and trumpeting in the New
Testament are in Revelation 8 and 9. At first glance, it might seem
that signaling in warfare is the primary meaning in the seven trumpets
of Revelation. But the connection between the trumpets and the fifth
seal (see “Introduction”) underlines the prayer theme as the primary
one here, too. The trumpets are a response to the prayers of the suf-
fering saints of God (Rev. 6:9, 10; Rev. 8:2–6). It assures them that
God has noticed their suffering, and, even though He may seem silent
in their experience, He is already acting in history against those who
have persecuted them (compare Rev. 6:10 and Rev. 8:13 [see “Life
Application” number 1] ).

II. The Time When the Trumpets Begin


The throwing down of the censer (or fire) in Revelation 8:5 suggests
to some Adventist interpreters a glimpse of the close of probation. The
seven trumpets seem to forecast events in the course of Christian history
leading up to that event. A number of indications in the text substantiate
this interpretation.

94
teachers comments

First, the pattern in the first half of the book is that the visions begin
with the New Testament era and cover events throughout Christian history.
Second, whatever the casting down of the censer (fire) in Revelation 8:5
means, probation is clearly not yet closed at the time of the sixth trumpet.
The intercession at the altar is still taking place (Rev. 9:13). The gospel is
still going forth (Rev. 10:11; 11:3–6). That the “interlude” of Revelation
10:1–11:13 should be included in our understanding of the sixth trumpet
is shown in theme IV on page 96. Finally, the proclamation of the gos-
pel ends and probation fully closes only at the sounding of the seventh
trumpet (Rev. 10:7). So the seven trumpets of Revelation seem to cover
the whole course of history from John’s day to the close of probation and
final events.

III. The Meaning of the Imagery in the First Six Trumpets


1. The first trumpet uses the Old Testament language of God’s
judgments (hail, fire, and blood [Exod. 9:23–26, Isa. 10:16–20, Ezek.
38:22]) directed against symbols of God’s Old Testament people
(vege­tation and trees [Ps. 1:1–3; Isa. 61:3; Jer. 11:16, 17]). Hence
comes the lesson’s suggestion that the first trumpet represents God’s
judgment on the Jerusalem that had rejected Christ (Matt. 23:37, 38;
Luke 23:28–31).
2. The second trumpet recalls, in general, God’s judgments on those
who opposed Him (Exod. 7:19–21), and in particular the fall of ancient
Babylon (Jer. 51:24, 25, 41, 42). The lesson, therefore, associates this
trumpet with the fall of the Roman Empire (compare Peter’s apparent
designation of Rome as “Babylon” in 1 Pet. 5:13).
3. The symbolism of the third trumpet parallels biblical imagery
for the work of Satan (Isa. 14:12–19, Luke 10:18, Rev. 12:9). But the
symbolism of lamp, springs, rivers, and water suggests spiritual life
and growth (Ps. 1:3; Ps. 84:6, 7; Ps. 119:105; Jer. 2:13). The falling
of the stars and the embittering of the waters connect the two ideas,
suggesting a perversion of truth and a rise of apostasy. The lesson,
therefore, associates this trumpet with the condition of the church in
the Middle Ages.
4. In the fourth trumpet, the sources of light (sun, moon, and stars)
are darkened, the symbols of truth are partially eclipsed. This darken-
ing could represent the deepening of apostasy in the church (Exod.
10:21–23, Job 38:2, Isa. 8:22, John 1:4–11, John 3:18–21).
5. With the fifth trumpet, the partial darkness of the fourth becomes

95
teachers comments

total and worldwide (Rev. 9:1, 2). This represents the triumph of religious
apostasy and secularism in the modern age. With God and truth totally
eclipsed, sinful humankind is left to the demonic torment of destructive
desires (Rev. 9:3–11, Luke 10:17–20). The only safety is in a genuine
relationship with God (Rev. 9:4; Eph. 1:13, 14).
6. While the first five trumpets have many allusions to ancient Egypt,
the sixth trumpet particularly echoes biblical accounts regarding ancient
Babylon. There are references to the river of Babylon (Rev. 9:14), the
idolatry of Babylon (Rev. 9:20; Dan. 5:4, 23), and the fall of Babylon
(Rev. 9:21, Isa. 47:9–12). There also are many parallels with the sixth
bowl (Euphrates, battle language, demonic imagery [Rev. 16:12–16]). So
the sixth trumpet describes an opposition to God similar to that of end-
time Babylon (Rev. 17:4, 5).

IV. The Relation of the “Interlude” to the Seven Trumpets


The trumpets focus on the wicked (Rev. 9:4, 20, 21), but the “interlude”
(Rev. 10:1–11:13) focuses on God’s people. The “interlude,” however, is not
separate from the trumpets; it is part of the sixth trumpet. Revelation 8:13
describes three woes coming upon those who live on the earth. The first is
the fifth trumpet (Rev. 9:12). The second woe is the sixth trumpet, but it does
not end until Revelation 11:14. So the bulk of chapters 10 and 11 are part of
the sixth trumpet. While the forces of evil are gathering for the final crisis
during the sixth trumpet (Rev. 9:16), the forces of the righteous are gathering
to counter them (Rev. 7:4, Rev. 10:1–11:13).

V. The Allusion to Daniel 12 in Revelation 10


One of the clearest allusions to the Old Testament in all of Revelation is
found in Revelation 10:5, 6. Revelation 10:5, 6 and Daniel 12:7 have eight
major words in common. Both passages have heavenly figures standing on
or above bodies of water. In both cases, the heavenly figure raises his hand
to heaven and swears by the One who lives forever and ever. The connec-
tion between the “time, times, and half a time” of Daniel 12:7 (NKJV)
with the “time no longer” of Revelation 10:6 indicates that the angel of
Revelation 10 is announcing the close of Daniel’s time prophe­cies in the
context of the sixth trumpet (preparation for the final events, see theme
IV above).

96
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


The material in the seven trumpets does not lend itself to a great deal
of life application. But the teacher could ask the following questions,
with possible answers suggested:

1. How does the connection between the introduction to the trumpets


(Rev. 8:3–5) and the fifth seal (Rev. 6:9–11) offer encouragement to
those suffering for the sake of the gospel today? The martyrs’ cry
for judgment in the fifth seal is answered by the seven trumpets.
The message of the trumpets is that God sees the suffering of His
people and responds to the injustice, not only at the end of time­—
but throughout the course of history. Like Job, we may not always
understand what God is doing, but we have reason to trust Him
even in the darkest times.

2. The judgments of the first two trumpets fall on those powers that
combined to crucify Jesus (the religious authorities of Jerusalem
under Caiaphas and Roman civil authority under Pilate). What
does this fact tell us about opposition to the gospel? Opposition to the
gospel tends to come in two distinct forms—opposition from inside
the church and from outside the church. Jesus was crucified when
the leaders of Israel (inside) combined forces with outside powers
(Rome). The greatest opposition often comes from those who profess
the same faith but are really wolves in sheep’s clothing.
A similar dynamic is seen in the parable of the prodigal son
(Luke 15:11–32). The father is ultimately rejected by the son who
stayed. While appearing to be loyal, in the end he is motivated by
selfish gain.

97
L esson 8 *February 16–22
(page 60 of Standard Edition)

Satan, a Defeated Enemy

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Revelation 12; Gen. 3:15; Isa.
14:12–15; Dan. 7:23–25; 2 Thess. 2:8–12; Rev. 13:13, 14; Rev. 19:20.

Memory Text: “ ‘And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb
and by the word of their testimony, and they did not love their lives
to the death’ ” (Revelation 12:11, NKJV).

R
evelation 12–14 prepares us for the last-day events section of
the book (Rev. 15:1–22:21). While the first half of the book
(Rev. 1:1–11:19) describes the spiritual struggles of the church
in a hostile world throughout the Christian Era, the remainder focuses
on key events leading up to the Second Coming and God’s kingdom.
The purpose of chapter 12 is to give us the big picture behind the
final crisis of world history. It shows us the development throughout
history of the great controversy between Christ and Satan.
In the book of Revelation, Satan is the archenemy of God and His
people. His existence is real, and he stands behind all evil and rebellion
in the universe. He knows that his last chance to succeed against God
before the Second Coming is to win the battle of Armageddon. So, he
focuses all his efforts on preparing for that event.
Revelation 12 is intended to provide God’s people with an assurance
that Satan will not succeed. It is also a warning that Satan is determined
and will wage all-out war against God’s last-day remnant church and
that their only hope and power to overcome is found in Christ.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, February 23.

98
S unday February 17
(page 61 of Standard Edition)

The Woman and the Dragon


Read Revelation 12:1–5. In vision, John sees two great signs. The first is
a woman pregnant with a Child, and the second is a dragon. What do
these signs (or symbols) represent, and what do these verses teach?

A woman in the Bible is used as a symbol for God’s people (2 Cor.


11:2): a chaste woman stands for faithful believers, while a harlot
stands for apostate Christians. The woman in Revelation 12 first
symbolizes Israel, to whom the Messiah came (Rev. 12:1–5); in verses
13–17 she stands for the true church that gives birth to the remnant.
This woman is portrayed as clothed with the sun and with the moon
under her feet. The sun represents the glory of Christ’s character, His righ-
teousness (Mal. 4:2). He is “the light of the world” (John 8:12), and His
people are to reflect the light of God’s loving character to the world (Matt.
5:14–16). The moon, as “the lesser light” (Gen. 1:16), points to the Old
Testament promises foreshadowing the work of Christ in the gospel era.
The next thing John sees in the vision is a “fiery red dragon having
seven heads and ten horns” (Rev. 12:3, NKJV). This dragon is later
identified as Satan (Rev. 12:9). His “tail,” symbolizing the means
used to deceive (Isa. 9:14, 15; Rev. 9:10), dragged a third of the stars
from heaven down to the earth (Rev. 12:4). This action shows that,
having fallen from his exalted position in heaven (Isa. 14:12–15),
Satan was able to deceive a third of the angels. These fallen angels
are the demons who assist the devil in opposing God and His work of
salvation (see 1 Tim. 4:1). Revelation also uses the dragon, described
as “having seven heads and ten horns,” as a symbol of those agents in
the world used by Satan—pagan Rome (Rev. 12:4) and spiritualism
(Rev. 16:13). “The dragon is said to be Satan (Revelation 12:9); he it
was that moved upon Herod to put the Saviour to death. But the chief
agent of Satan in making war upon Christ and His people during the
first centuries of the Christian Era was the Roman Empire, in which
paganism was the prevailing religion. Thus while the dragon, primar-
ily, represents Satan, it is, in a secondary sense, a symbol of pagan
Rome.”—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 438.

Read Revelation 12:9. Satan is called “that serpent of old” (NKJV). What
connection exists between Genesis 3:15 and the dragon’s attempt to
destroy the seed of the woman “as soon as it was born” (Rev. 12:4)?

From the beginning, Satan was waiting for the Messiah—the Child to
be born—in order to destroy Him. When the Messiah was finally born,
Satan used pagan Rome (also symbolized as the dragon in Revelation
12:4) to try to destroy Him (see Matt. 2:13–16). But the Child was
“caught up to God and His throne” (Rev. 12:5, NKJV).

99
M onday February 18
(page 62 of Standard Edition)

Satan Cast Down to Earth


Read Revelation 12:7–9, which talks about a war in heaven. What
was the nature of that war that resulted in Satan’s expulsion from
heaven?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Satan was cast out of heaven at the beginning of the great contro-
versy, when he rebelled against God’s government. He wanted to seize
God’s throne in heaven and be “like the most High” (Isa. 14:12–15). He
stood in open revolt against God but was defeated and exiled on earth.
However, by deceiving Adam and Eve, Satan usurped Adam’s rule over
this world (Luke 4:6). As the self-proclaimed ruler of this world (John
12:31), Satan claimed the right to attend the heavenly council as earth’s
representative (Job 1:6–12). However, since his defeat at the cross,
Satan and his fallen angels have been confined to the earth as a prison
until they receive their punishment (2 Pet. 2:4, Jude 6).
By His death, Jesus redeemed what was lost, and Satan’s true char-
acter was revealed before the universe. “Satan saw that his disguise
was torn away. His administration was laid open before the unfallen
angels and before the heavenly universe. He had revealed himself as a
murderer. By shedding the blood of the Son of God, he had uprooted
himself from the sympathies of the heavenly beings. Henceforth his
work was restricted.”—Ellen G. White, The Desire of Ages, p. 761.
Before the whole universe, the rule over the earth was transferred from
Satan to Jesus, and He was proclaimed the legitimate ruler over the
earth (Eph. 1:20–22, Phil. 2:9–11).
Jesus foretold this event, saying: “ ‘Now judgment is upon this world;
now the ruler of this world will be cast out’ ” (John 12:31, NASB).
With this judgment on Satan, the “ ‘salvation and strength, and the
kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ have come’ ” (Rev.
12:10, NKJV). Satan still has limited power to harm God’s people on
earth, but it is with a realization that “he has a short time” left (Rev.
12:12, NKJV). Although his time is indeed “short,” he is doing all that
he can to cause pain, suffering, and havoc here.

What does Revelation 12:11 teach about how to defend against


the devil? (See also Eph. 6:10–18.)

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
100
T uesday February 19
(page 63 of Standard Edition)

The War on Earth


Read Revelation 12:13, 14. Having been barred from heaven, Satan
continues his attack on the church during the prophetic 1,260 days/
years. How was God involved with the church during that period?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
“The casting down of Satan as an accuser of the brethren in Heaven
was accomplished by the great work of Christ in giving up his life.
Notwithstanding Satan’s persistent opposition, the plan of redemp-
tion was being carried out. . . . Satan, knowing that the empire he had
usurped would in the end be wrested from him, determined to spare no
pains to destroy as many as possible of the creatures whom God had
created in his image. He hated man because Christ had manifested for
him such forgiving love and pity, and he now prepared to practice upon
him every species of deception by which he might be lost; he pursued
his course with more energy because of his own hopeless condition.”
—Ellen G. White, The Spirit of Prophecy, vol. 3, pp. 194, 195.
No question, Satan continues his activities on earth by pouring his
fury against the great object of Christ’s love on earth—the church.
However, the church finds divine protection in the desolate, wilderness
places of the earth during the prophetic period of 1,260 days/years.
The period of Satan’s persecution is mentioned twice in Revelation
12 in terms of 1,260 days/years (Rev. 12:6) and “a time and times and
half a time” (Rev. 12:14, NKJV). Both time periods refer to the duration
of the little horn’s persecuting activity mentioned in Daniel 7:23–25. In
the Bible, prophetic days symbolize years. The time in history that fits
this prophetic period is a.d. 538–1798, during which time the Roman
Catholic church, as a church-state power, dominated the Western world
until 1798, when Napolean’s General Berthier brought Rome’s oppres-
sive power to an end, at least temporarily.
During this long period of persecution, the dragon spews flooding
waters out of his mouth in order to destroy the woman. Waters repre-
sent peoples and nations (Rev. 17:15). Armies and nations were sent
by Rome against God’s faithful people during this time. Near the end
of this prophetic period, a friendly earth swallows the waters and saves
the woman, providing a safe haven for her. This provision points to the
refuge that America, with its religious freedom, supplied (Rev. 12:16).

Think of how long the persecution here lasted: 1,260 years. What
should this great duration tell us about how limited we are in
understanding why things, such as the return of Christ, seem to
be taking so long, at least from our perspective?

101
W ednesday February 20
(page 64 of Standard Edition)

War Against the Remnant


Read Revelation 12:17. At the end time, against whom does Satan
make all-out war?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The word “rest,” or “remnant,” describes those who remain faithful to
God while the majority apostatize (1 Kings 19:18, Rev. 2:24). While the
majority of people in the world side with Satan at the end of time, a group
of people whom God raised up after 1798 will remain faithful to Christ in
the face of Satan’s full fury.

What are the two characteristics of the remnant in Revelation 12:17?


How can one be sure that he or she belongs to God’s end-time
remnant?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The end-time remnant keeps God’s commandments. Revelation 13
shows that the first tablet of the Decalogue will be central to the end-time
conflict. The key component of the first four commandments is worship.
The main issue in the final crisis is who should be worshiped. While the
people in the world will choose to worship the image of the beast, the
remnant will worship God the Creator (Rev. 14:7). The fourth command-
ment, the Sabbath, points specifically to God as our Creator, which is one
reason it will play a pivotal role in the final crisis at the end.
Also, the end-time remnant’s second characteristic is that they “have
the testimony of Jesus Christ,” which Revelation 19:10 (NKJV) explains
is “ ‘the spirit of prophecy.’ ” By comparing this verse with Revelation
22:9, we see that John’s “brethren” who have the testimony of Jesus are
prophets. Therefore, “the testimony of Jesus” refers to Jesus testifying to
the truth through His prophets, just as He did through John (Rev. 1:2).
Revelation shows that at the time of the end, God’s people will have the
“spirit of prophecy” in their midst to guide them through those difficult
times, as Satan will make every effort to deceive and destroy them. As
Adventists, we have been given that gift of prophetic insight in the min-
istry and writings of Ellen G. White.

What do you see as some of the most incredible insights we have


been given through “the spirit of prophecy”? What obligations
does this gift put on us, individually and as a church?

102
T hursday February 21
(page 65 of Standard Edition)

Satan’s End-Time Strategy


Revelation 12:17 marks a shift in Satan’s strategy as he tries to win
the people of the world and even seeks to deceive Christ’s faithful fol-
lowers. Throughout Christian history, Satan has opposed God’s work of
salvation, primarily by means of subtle compromise within the church
and through coercion and persecution from without. History shows that,
while successful for many centuries, this strategy was counteracted by the
Reformation and the gradual rediscovery of Bible truth by God’s people.
However, as Satan realizes that his time is running out, he intensifies his
efforts and goes “to wage war” against God’s end-time remnant (Rev.
12:17, MEV). His attacks on the remnant will include a large element
of deception. Demons working miracles and spiritualistic manifestations
will be introduced (Rev. 16:14). This shift in Satan’s strategy corresponds
to the transition from a historical to an end-time focus (see Matt. 24:24).
It is significant that the word “deceive” is used regularly in Revelation
12-20 to describe Satan’s end-time activities. The word “deceive” begins
(Rev. 12:9) and concludes (Rev. 20:7–10) the description of Satan’s end-
time activities in Revelation.

Read 2 Thessalonians 2:8–12 along with Revelation 13:13, 14 and


Revelation 19:20. What is the nature of Satan’s end-time deception?

Revelation 12–20 portrays Satan, endeavoring to deceive the world


(see Rev. 12:9, 13:14, 18:23, 19:20, 20:8). He uses, in turn, political and
religious powers to do his work: pagan Rome, symbolized by the dragon
(Rev. 12:4, 5); followed by a power symbolized by the sea beast (Rev.
12:6, 15; Rev. 13:1–8); and, finally, a power symbolized by the earth beast
(Rev. 13:11). Throughout the rest of the book, the members of this satanic
triad—paganism/spiritualism as symbolized by the dragon; Roman
Catholicism, symbolized by the sea beast; and apostate Protestantism,
symbolized by the lamblike, or earth beast—are inseparably united in
opposing God’s activities in the world. They work together to deceive
people, in order to turn them away from God and to get them to side with
Satan in the “battle of that great day of God Almighty” (Rev. 16:13, 14,
NKJV). These false religious systems will be destroyed together at the
Second Coming (Rev. 19:20), while the dragon, symbolizing the devil,
who worked through these earthly powers (Rev. 12:9), will be destroyed
at the end of the thousand years (Rev. 20:10). Revelation shows that the
end-time deception will be so great that most people will be led to choose
the way of destruction (Matt. 7:13).

Twice in Revelation a call is made for wisdom and spiritual discern-


ment in order to perceive and withstand the deceptive nature of Satan’s
end-time activities (Rev. 13:18, Rev. 17:9). What kind of wisdom is in
view here? According to James 1:5, how can we obtain that wisdom?

103
F riday February 22
(page 66 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “Snares of Satan,” pp. 518–


530, in The Great Controversy.

The purpose of Revelation 12 is, first of all, to tell God’s people


that end-time events are a part of the great conflict between Christ
and Satan. The book warns God’s people about what they are facing
today and are about to confront in an even more serious manner in the
future—an experienced and furious enemy. Paul warns us of the end-
time activity “of Satan, with all power, signs, and lying wonders, and
with all unrighteous deception among those who perish, because they
did not receive the love of the truth, that they might be saved” (2 Thess.
2:9, 10, NKJV).
Revelation urges us to take the future seriously and make our depen-
dence on God our priority. On the other side, Revelation assures us
that although Satan is a strong and experienced enemy, he is not strong
enough to overcome Christ (see Rev. 12:8). For God’s people, hope
can be found only in the One who in the past has victoriously defeated
Satan and his demonic forces. And He has promised to be with His
faithful followers “ ‘always, even to the end of the age’ ” (Matt. 28:20,
NKJV).

Discussion Questions:
 As Seventh-day Adventists, we see ourselves as fulfilling the
characteristics of the end-time remnant. What a privilege! Also,
what a responsibility! (See Luke 12:48.) Why must we be careful,
however, not to think that this role guarantees our own personal
salvation?

 “We talk altogether too much about the power of Satan. It is


true that Satan is a powerful being; but I thank God for a mighty
Saviour, who cast the evil one from heaven. We talk of our adver-
sary, we pray about him, we think of him; and he looms up greater
and greater in our imagination. Now why not talk of Jesus? Why
not think of his power and his love? Satan is pleased to have us
magnify his power. Hold up Jesus, meditate upon him, and by
beholding, you will become changed into his image.”—Ellen G.
White, The Advent Review and Sabbath Herald, March 19, 1889.
In what ways do Christians magnify Satan’s power? On the other
hand, what dangers are there in denying not just the reality of
Satan’s power but the reality of his very existence, as well?

104
i n s i d e
Story
Gift of Time
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Tracey Lee, a mother of four living near Fort Worth, Texas, in the United
States wondered what gift she could give to God.
She didn’t have much money, and she has struggled for years with attention-
deficit disorder. But between homeschooling and five pets, she realized that
she had one thing that she could dedicate to the Lord: time.
So, Tracey volunteered to correspond with inmates through a prison min-
istries program at Grandview Seventh-day Adventist Church in Grandview,
Texas.
“The more I did it, the more I enjoyed it,” Tracey said. “I felt like I was
making a difference, so I have continued doing it.”
Six years later, she is responsible for a prison ministries program larger
than her church of about 35 members. She guides dozens of inmates through
Bible correspondence lessons every week and maintains contact with about
300 people.
It is unclear how many people have been baptized through her work, but
several inmates have described big changes in their lives. One inmate wrote
that a family member exclaimed during a prison visit, “What did you do? I
see something different about you. There is like a glow about you.”
“I got an opportunity to witness to this person because they saw a differ-
ence in me,” the inmate wrote to Tracey. “Thank you for taking the time to
teach me.”
Tracey, 46, was raised in a Sunday church, got married, and spent several
years visiting various churches, trying to find a place to grow her children.
One day, she was browsing at a half-priced bookstore with her eldest son,
Kyle, when a customer struck up a conversation.
“He mentioned Grandview as a church and invited us to come try it out,”
Tracey said.
The family attended a couple of church concerts and began to attend wor-
ship services on Saturdays. About seven months after joining the church,
Tracey volunteered to help with prison ministries.
The prison work not only gives her joy but also
has helped her control the attention-deficit disor-
der. Tracey said she is thrilled that it has forced her
to stop procrastinating and to organize her week
in such a way that she can assist the inmates in
a timely manner—and care for her family at the
same time.
Tracey still doesn’t have much money, but she is
eager to keep giving her time.
“That’s what I feel that I need to give,” she said.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 105
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 12:11

Study Focus: Revelation 12 covers the entire sweep of Christian history, with
glimpses of the universal war that lies behind the conflicts of earth.

Introduction: Revelation 12 portrays the history of both Old and New Testament
Israel in four stages: (1) the period before the birth of Christ, with a
glimpse of Israel represented by a woman (Rev. 12:1, 2) and the original
expulsion of Satan from heaven (Rev. 12:3, 4); (2) the birth, ascension,
and enthronement of Christ, with a flashback to the war in heaven, as
seen in the light of the Cross (Rev. 12:5, Rev. 7–11); (3) the history of
the Christian church between the two advents of Jesus, with a particular
focus on the persecution of the church during the Middle Ages (Rev. 12:6,
13–16); and (4) the experience of the end-time remnant in the final days
of earth’s history (Rev. 12:17).

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. What Happens When New Characters Appear in Revelation?

II. The Nature of the Cosmic Conflict

III. Application of the Year-Day Principle

IV. The Biblical Concept of the Remnant

V. The Testimony of Jesus


Life Application:
1. How does awareness of the cosmic conflict affect the way we look at the
world and the way we find meaning and purpose in it?
2. What is the significance of the cosmic conflict on our understanding of
the character of God?

106
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Revelation 12 portrays the history and experience of the church from
the birth of Christ (Rev. 12:5) to the final crisis of earth’s history (Rev.
12:17). As such, it sets the stage for Revelation’s primary focus on
end-time events from chapter 13 on (see next week’s lesson for details
on Revelation 13).

Main Themes of Lesson 8 Elaborated:

I. What Happens When New Characters Appear in Revelation?


There is an important literary pattern in the book of Revelation. Whenever
a new character appears in the story, the author pauses the narrative and
offers a visual description of that character and a bit of his or her previ­
ous history. This “freeze-frame” device often helps the reader identify the
character. After this introduction, the character plays a role in the larger
story.
In chapter 1, Jesus appears as a character in the vision for the first
time (Rev. 1:12–18 [He is named earlier: Rev. 1:5, 9]). There is a visual
description (Rev. 1:12–16) and a bit of His previous history (Rev. 1:17,
18), followed by His actions in the subsequent vision (Revelation 2
and 3). In chapter 11, the two witnesses are introduced similarly (Rev.
11:3–6), followed by their actions in the context of the vision (Rev.
11:7–13).
Two new characters appear at the beginning of Revelation 12 (Rev.
12:1–4). First, there is a visual description of a woman (Rev. 12:1) and
a bit of her previous history (Rev. 12:2). Then a dragon appears and is
similarly introduced (Rev. 12:3, 4). Only then do both characters begin
to act in the context of the vision itself (Rev. 12:5–9). The male child
of verse 5, on the other hand, is not introduced with a visual descrip-
tion, probably because He has already been introduced earlier in a
different form (Rev. 1:12–18).

II. The Nature of the Cosmic Conflict


The war in heaven is described in military language. There is the lan-
guage of “war” (Rev. 12:7 [Greek: polemos] ) and “fighting” (Greek:
polemêsai, epolemêsen). These Greek words normally describe
armed conflict. But they can be used in figurative ways, as well,
to heighten the drama of quarrels and verbal disagreements (James
4:1). Upon closer examination, the war in heaven is more a war of
words than a military event. There are four main evidences for this
in chapter 12.

107 107
teachers comments

First, the dragon sweeps a third of the stars down from heaven
with his tail (Greek: oura). The tail is an Old Testament symbol for a
prophet who teaches lies (Isa. 9:15). Second, the dragon is defined in
Revelation 12:9 as “that ancient serpent” (NIV), a clear reference to the
lies about God spoken to Adam and Eve in the garden (Gen. 3:1–6).
Third, the dragon/Satan is cast out of heaven as the “accuser of our
brothers” (ESV) in Revelation 12:10. It is his accusing words, rather
than physical weapons, that result in his being cast out. And finally, the
dragon/Satan is overcome by “the blood of the Lamb and by the word
of their testimony” (Rev. 12:11, NKJV). So the war of Revelation 12 is
not a military battle; it is a war of words and ideas.

III. Application of the Year-Day Principle


The year-day principle is crucial for the correct interpretation of apocalyp-
tic prophecy. It goes something like this: “In apocalyptic prophec­y, periods
of time are symbolic, so that its fulfillment should be counted in years.”
This principle is not stated as such in Scripture. But the Bible gives us the
pattern by highlighting day-for-a-year equivalencies. In Numbers 14:34,
Israel’s 40 days that led to rebellion correspond to a predicted 40 years of
wandering in the wilderness. In Ezekiel 4:5, 6, the prophet is to lie down
one day for each year of Israel and Judah’s disobedience. In Leviticus 25,
the concept of a week with its Sabbath is extended from days to years.
People would farm the land for six years and let the land “rest” during the
seventh, or sabbatical, year. Daniel 9 contains 70 “weeks,” or 490 years. So
the sabbatical concept also highlights year-day thinking in biblical times.
But when should one apply prophetic days as years? There are sev-
eral guiding principles to consider. (1) Because apocalyptic prophe-
cies, such as are found in Daniel and Revelation, are full of symbols,
a symbolic meaning for any numbers in the prophecy should be
considered. (2) Year-day numbers tend to be the kind one would not
use in normal speech. No parent, for example, would say that his or
her child is 1,260 days old, 42 months old, or, even less, say that the
child is as old as 2,300 evenings and mornings! (3) In a sequence of
prophetic events, if the prophecy makes more sense when counting
the days as years, one should do so. For example, in Daniel 7, each
of the four beasts rules for multiple decades, even hundreds of years.
But when the chief opponent of God appears, it rules for only three
and a half “times,” or years (Dan. 7:25). From the perspective of the
end of history, it becomes evident that this unusual prophetic time
period of Daniel 7 should be interpreted using the day-year principle.

108
teachers comments

IV. The Biblical Concept of the Remnant


The people of God in the final conflict are called the “remnant” (Greek:
loipôn) in Revelation 12:17. The original meaning of “remnant” is “survivors
of a disaster.” Because of flood, earthquake, or conquest, a tribe or people
could be totally destroyed. The survival of a remnant brought hope that the
tribe or people could be restored to greatness in the future (see Isa. 1:9).
Within the Old Testament, a moral or spiritual meaning also came to be
attached to “remnant.” The remnant was a “believing minority”—through
whom God could ultimately save the human race from extinction in spite of
the presence of sin and evil in the world (Gen. 7:23).
As a result, “remnant” was used in three different ways in the Old
Testament. (1) Historical Remnant. This is the group that has survived a
great judgment of God in the past, such as the Jews who went into exile to
Babylon or remained in the land. Such a group is visible, nameable, and
countable. (2) Faithful Remnant. This term refers to those among a given
historical remnant who remain faithful to God’s message and mission of
that historical time. These are those whom God knows are faithful to Him
(2  Tim. 2:19). They are not always as visible as the historical remnant
(1 Kings 19:14–18). (3) Eschatological Remnant. The eschatological rem-
nant is made up of all who are faithful during the end time (Joel 2:31, 32).
This eschatological remnant comprises those who “will be able to stand”
(Rev. 6:17) and who “endure to the end” (Matt. 24:13).
The book of Revelation clearly refers to at least two types of the rem-
nant. The faithful remnant in Thyatira are those who survive the apos-
tasy of that period (Rev. 2:24). An eschatological, or end-time, remnant
emerges just before the close of probation (Rev. 11:13; Rev. 12:17). It is
God’s purpose that this final remnant faithfully prepare the way for the
second coming of Jesus, as John the Baptist prepared the way for Christ’s
first advent.

V. The Testimony of Jesus


One of the marks of the remnant in Revelation 12:17 is that they are
those who “have” (Greek: echontôn) the “testimony of Jesus” (Greek: tên
marturion Iêsou). This means that John foresaw an end-time revival of
the kind of visionary, prophetic gift he himself was given (Rev. 1:2). This
meaning for “testimony of Jesus” is confirmed by a careful comparison of
Revelation 19:10 and Revelation 22:8, 9. Those who hold to the testimony
of Jesus in Revelation 19:10 are called “the prophets” in Revelation 22:9.
Seventh-day Adventists see this gift fulfilled in the ministry of Ellen G.
White.

109
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


1. How do you see the world differently because of the cosmic con-
flict? What would it be like to live without that knowledge? The
cosmic conflict powerfully answers the three great questions of
philosophy: (1) Where did I come from? (2) Where am I going?
and (3) Why am I here? Knowledge of the cosmic conflict pro-
vides meaning and purpose to all that we do, connects us to
something bigger than ourselves, and enables us to be relaxed
about the future, knowing it is safely in God’s hands.

2. What is the significance of the heavenly war on our picture of what


God is like? God’s side in the cosmic conflict places priority on
love and self-sacrifice, respects the freedom of God’s creatures,
and does not coerce but, rather, is patient, seeking to provide per-
suasive evidence. On the other hand, Satan seeks to win by perse-
cution (force) and deception (telling lies). The casting out of Satan
in Revelation 12:9, 10 means that the hosts of heaven no longer
take his lies seriously: his arguments have lost credibility, and he
is not wanted there anymore.
Our picture of God, to a large degree, determines how we live
and behave. If we think of God as severe and judgmental, we
become more like that. If we think of God as gracious and self-
sacrificing, we become more like that. We become like the God we
worship.

110
L esson 9 *February 23–March 1
(page 68 of Standard Edition)

Satan and His Allies

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Revelation 13, Rev. 17:8, Dan.
7:24, 2 Thess. 2:2–12, Rev. 12:14–16, 1 Kings 18:38.

Memory Text: “Then the dragon was angry with the woman, and
he went to wage war with the remnant of her offspring, who keep
the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ”
(Revelation 12:17, MEV).

R
evelation 12 describes Satan’s attacks against God’s faithful
people, including persecution by pagan Rome and later papal
Rome during the 1,260 days/years (a.d. 538–1798; see Rev.
12:6, 13, 14 and Lesson 7, Tuesday). Chapter 13 describes in more detail
Satan’s attacks during Christian history with the help of two allies, both
portrayed as beasts. Under Satan’s direction, the dragon and these two
beasts will unite at the end of time to oppose God’s redemptive activi-
ties and seek to win the allegiance of the world.
A word of caution is necessary. It is easier to interpret prophecies
already fulfilled in the past. But when we come to prophecies yet to be
fulfilled, as we do in Tuesday’s study, we need to be more cautious. God
shows us what will happen at the time of the end so that we will not be
surprised, but He does not tell us every detail we would like to know.
We must always remember that while these prophecies tell us what
will happen at the end, they do not tell us when and exactly how the
final events will unfold. We must, therefore, be careful not to speculate
beyond what prophecy tells us. Let us not forget that the prophecies of
Revelation have practical purposes: to teach us how to live today and
to be prepared for the future.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, March 2.


111
S unday February 24
(page 69 of Standard Edition)

The Beast From the Sea


Read Revelation 13:1–4, 8 and Revelation 17:8. What are the charac-
teristics of this beast, and what are the phases of its existence?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
John watches as a monstrous beast rises out of the sea. While a beast
represents a political power, the description of the sea beast points to a
political power that has religion as a dominant characteristic. The sea sym-
bolizes the largely populated area of Europe out of which the sea beast
rises to power after the downfall of the Roman Empire (see Rev. 17:15).
John describes the beast as it emerges from the water. The beast has
seven heads and ten horns, the same as the dragon in Revelation 12:3,
4, showing its close connection with pagan Rome. Upon the heads
of the beast is a blasphemous name, and upon the horns are royal
crowns. The heads of the beast are the kingdoms that Satan has used
to persecute God’s people throughout history (see Rev. 17:9–11). The
blasphemous name points to the divine title the beast claims. The ten
horns point to Daniel 7:24, symbolizing the nations that sprang out of
the Roman Empire after its demise. These characteristics of the sea
beast all point to the papacy that grew out of the pagan Roman Empire.
The beast from the sea resembles a leopard with feet of a bear and the
mouth of a lion. As such, the beast combines the characteristics of the
four beasts (symbols of world empires) in Daniel 7:2–7: Babylon, Media-
Persia, Greece, and Rome. However, John lists them in reverse order,
which from his first-century perspective shows that the sea beast is related
to the fourth beast of Daniel 7, the Roman Empire.
The dragon (the pagan Roman Empire empowered by Satan) gave the
beast his power, his throne, and great authority. Just as the Father has given
His throne and authority to Christ (Rev. 2:27), so Satan invests the beast
as his coregent and representative on earth.
Revelation 13:5–7 states that the period of the beast’s persecuting
activities through Christian history is 42 “months.” As we have seen,
persecution of the pure woman lasted for “a time and times and half a
time;” that is three and a half “times” or prophetic “years” (Rev. 12:13,
14; compare Dan. 7:25). Forty-two prophetic “months” equals 30 days
multiplied by 42, or 1,260 days/years (Rev. 12:6). Therefore, “a time and
times and a half a time,” 42 “months,” and 1,260 “days” all refer to the
same time period of 1,260 years.This phase ends when John sees “one of
his [the beast’s] heads as if it had been mortally wounded” (emphasis sup-
plied). The subsequent healing of this deadly wound points to a time after
1798 when the beast would be revived and its power restored. The healing
of the deadly wound draws the admiration of the world, and they worship
both the dragon and the beast.
112
M onday February 25
(page 70 of Standard Edition)

The Activities of the Sea Beast


Revelation 13:5 specifies a time period of persecution that we talked
about in yesterday’s study. The 42 months of the beast’s activities is
the same time period as the 1,260 days/years of the persecution of the
woman/church in Revelation 12:6, 14. (A prophetic “day” symbolizes
a year [Num. 14:34, Ezek. 4:6]. See Tuesday’s study in Lesson 7.) The
year a.d. 538 marks appropriately the beginning of this prophetic period
when the Roman church, with the pope as its head, established itself
as a church-state power that dominated the Western world throughout
medieval times. The events of the French Revolution inflicted the deadly
wound upon the beast in a.d. 1798, thus bringing the church’s oppressive
rule and the state-empowered religion to a temporary end.

Compare Revelation 13:5–8 with Daniel 7:24, 25 and 2 Thessalonians


2:2–12. In what way do the activities of the sea beast mirror the
descriptions of the little horn and the man of lawlessness?

_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The sea beast’s activities during the prophetic period of 1,260 days/
years are stated in terms of blasphemies. In the New Testament, blas-
phemy can denote a claim of equality with God (John 10:33, Matt.
26:63–65) and the action of usurping His authority (Mark 2:7). The
sea beast’s blasphemies are directed “against God, to blaspheme His
name, His tabernacle, and those who dwell in heaven” (Rev. 13:6,
NKJV). The dwelling of God is the sanctuary in heaven, where Christ
ministers on behalf of our salvation. The sea beast seeks to negate
Christ’s mediatorial work by attempting to replace it with a human
priesthood that claims to administer salvation and the forgiveness of
sins. Assuming these powers that belong only to God is the essence
of blasphemy.
Revelation 13 points to a time of major apostasy in Christianity,
which was fulfilled when Roman Catholicism claimed the position and
authority of God with the pope as its head. Those who refused submis-
sion to Rome experienced persecution and martyrdom. Although today
such statements are viewed as harsh, even bigoted, the present cannot
erase the history, no matter how much some people wish that it would.

How can we stay faithful to prophecy about church history and


yet, at the same time, be kind and cautious as we present these
truths to others?

_____________________________________________________
113
T uesday February 26
(page 71 of Standard Edition)

The Beast Arising Out of the Earth


The first half of Revelation 13 describes the Roman Catholic power
active during the prophetic period of 1,260 days/years. With the events
of the French Revolution, this religio-political system received a deadly
wound. However, the mortal wound will eventually be healed, restoring
this system to life. The second half of the chapter describes how the
healing of the sea beast’s deadly wound actually will happen.

Read Revelation 13:11. What are the characteristics of the second


beast? In light of Revelation 12:14–16, what is the significance of
the fact that this beast emerges out of the earth?

John observes the emergence of another beast. Unlike the first beast,
the second beast arises out of the earth. This second beast is a world
power, with influence of the same caliber as the first beast. However, in
contrast to the sea beast, which had a terrifying appearance, the earth
beast appears harmless, at least at first. It has “two horns like a lamb”
(Rev. 13:11, NKJV). This lamb is a symbol for Christ. Thus, this end-
time power appears to be Christlike.
This power arises in territory that protected the woman, a symbol of
God’s true church, from the dragon’s persecuting flood at the conclusion
of the 1,260 days/years (Rev. 12:14–16). This earth beast is obviously a
new player on the scene, having arisen as a world power after the sea beast
received the deadly wound during the events of the French Revolution,
which means the earth beast is exclusively an end-time player.
“What nation of the New World was in 1798 rising into power,
giving promise of strength and greatness, and attracting the attention
of the world? The application of the symbol admits of no question.
One nation, and only one, meets the specifications of this prophecy;
it points unmistakably to the United States of America.”—Ellen G.
White, The Great Controversy, p. 440.
Revelation 13:11 shows, however, that America, largely Protestant,
will eventually start speaking like the dragon, like the devil himself,
with a worldwide influence similar to the Roman Empire. This end-time
power will be instrumental in making the whole world worship the first
beast, which received the deadly wound. In other words, the United
States, which at one time had provided protection and a haven for the
church, at some point will play a persecuting role in last-day events.

When the United States was first identified as the second beast of
Revelation 13, it had nowhere near the power and influence it has
now. How does this fact help affirm the identification of the United
States as the power depicted in this prophecy?

_____________________________________________________
114
W ednesday February 27
(page 72 of Standard Edition)

The Image of the Beast


Read Revelation 13:12, 13. How do 1 Kings 18:38 and Acts 2:3 help us
understand the nature of the lamblike beast’s deceptive activities—
the greatest of which is bringing fire down from heaven?

By working miracles, the lamblike beast will convince many that


its words are true despite not being in full harmony with Scripture.
“Through the agency of spiritualism, miracles will be wrought, the
sick will be healed, and many undeniable wonders will be performed.”
—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 588. These miracles help
the lamblike beast to persuade the inhabitants of the earth to make an
image to the sea beast that received the deadly wound.
The healing of the sea beast’s deadly wound refers to the restoration of the
Roman papacy as a religio-political power. The lamblike beast also will begin
speaking like a dragon and exercising the power of the sea beast, showing
that it will become as intolerant as the nations represented by these symbols.
“Such action would be directly contrary to the principles of this gov-
ernment, to the genius of its free institutions, to the direct and solemn
avowals of the Declaration of Independence, and to the Constitution. . . .
But the inconsistency of such action is no greater than is represented
in the symbol. It is the beast with lamblike horns—in profession pure,
gentle, and harmless—that speaks as a dragon. . . .
“ ‘Saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an
image to the beast.’ Here is clearly presented a form of government
in which the legislative power rests with the people, a most striking
evidence that the United States is the nation denoted in the prophecy.
“But what is the ‘image to the beast’? and how is it to be formed? The
image is made by the two-horned beast, and is an image to the beast.
It is also called an image of the beast. Then to learn what the image is
like and how it is to be formed we must study the characteristics of the
beast itself—the papacy.
“When the early church became corrupted by departing from the sim-
plicity of the gospel and accepting heathen rites and customs, she lost the
Spirit and power of God; and in order to control the consciences of the
people, she sought the support of the secular power. The result was the
papacy, a church that controlled the power of the state and employed it to
further her own ends, especially for the punishment of ‘heresy.’. . .
“When the leading churches of the United States, uniting upon such
points of doctrine as are held by them in common, shall influence the state
to enforce their decrees and to sustain their institutions, then Protestant
America will have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy, and the
infliction of civil penalties upon dissenters will inevitably result. . . .
“The ‘image to the beast’ represents that form of apostate Protestantism
which will be developed when the Protestant churches shall seek the
aid of the civil power for the enforcement of their dogmas.”—Ellen G.
White, The Great Controversy, pp. 442–445.
115
T hursday February 28
(page 73 of Standard Edition)

The Mark of the Beast


Revelation 13 indicates that the lamblike beast will have the leading
role in the final crisis. This world power will establish a global system
in an attempt to control the beliefs of people. This system will mirror
medieval Christianity under papal control.

Read Revelation 13:16, 17 along with Deuteronomy 6:4–8. What does


putting the mark on the right hand or the forehead have to do with
the commandments of God?

People of all social classes will be pressured to receive the mark of the
beast on their right hands or their foreheads. Just as the seal in the forehead
identifies those whom God regards as His (Rev. 7:3, 4; Rev. 14:1), so the
mark of the beast identifies the worshipers of the beast.
The mark of the beast is not a visible sign of any kind. Its placement on
the right hand or on the forehead counterfeits the instruction that Moses
gave the Israelites to bind God’s law as a sign upon their hands or their
foreheads (Deut. 6:8). The right hand has to do with behavior, while the
forehead has to do with the mind or mental agreement. Some will choose
to receive the mark of the beast to escape the threat of death, while others
will be fully committed mentally and spiritually to this apostate system of
worship.
The central issues in the final crisis will be worship and obedience to God
in keeping His commandments (Rev. 14:12). The Sabbath commandment,
in particular, will be the test of faithfulness and obedience to God. As the
Sabbath is the distinctive sign of the obedience of God’s faithful people
(Ezek. 20:12, 20), so the mark of the beast is the sign of allegiance to the
beast.
The mark of the beast involves the substitution of a human com-
mandment for God’s commandment. The greatest evidence of this fact
is the humanly established institution of Sunday (see Dan. 7:25) as the
day of worship instead of the seventh-day Sabbath, the day mandated
in Scripture by our Creator. The attempt to change the sign of God’s
authority to another day is an attempt to usurp the role and power of
God Himself. “The mark of the beast is the papal sabbath. . . . When the
decree shall go forth enforcing the counterfeit sabbath, and the loud cry
of the third angel shall warn men against the worship of the beast and his
image, . . . then those who still continue in transgression will receive the
mark of the beast.”—Ellen G. White, Evangelism, pp. 234, 235.
Revelation 13:18 (NKJV) says: “Here is wisdom. Let him who has
understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of
a man: His number is 666.” Who is this man? Paul describes him as “the
man of sin” (2 Thess. 2:3). This designation points to the papal power
symbolized by the sea beast, whose blasphemous name on its heads
points to the divine title it claims for itself, supposedly standing in the
place of the Son of God on earth.
116
F riday March 1
(page 74 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Revelation shows that the Sabbath will be a sign


of obedience at the end of history. We have to remember, however, that
a person’s observance of Sunday now does not itself mean that he or
she has the mark of the beast. Sunday keeping will become “the mark
of the beast” only when, having clearly understood the issues involved
in choosing a day of worship, despite the deceptions out there, people
make their choice either for or against God. However, that time still lies
in the future.
“No one has yet received the mark of the beast. The testing time has
not yet come. There are true Christians in every church, not excepting
the Roman Catholic communion. None are condemned until they have
had the light and have seen the obligation of the fourth commandment.
But when the decree shall go forth enforcing the counterfeit sabbath,
and the loud cry of the third angel shall warn men against the worship
of the beast and his image, the line will be clearly drawn between the
false and the true. Then those who still continue in transgression will
receive the mark of the beast.”—Ellen G. White, Evangelism, pp. 234,
235.
Let us remember that Sunday observance today does not make a per-
son lost any more than Sabbath observance makes a person saved. The
time is coming, however, when “the mark of the beast” will become the
central issue and when choosing a day of worship will be the test of
faithfulness. Revelation appeals to God’s people to take the Bible and,
with a heart-searching spirit, study the prophetic word for themselves
and make every effort to reach with the gospel those who are today
unreached for Christ.

Discussion Questions:
 As you observe the situation in the world today, what trends
do you see in the religious and political spheres that seem to be
leading toward the fulfillment of the prophecy of Revelation 13?

 As we await the end, what should be our attitude toward


Christians in other denominations? Think of the following coun-
sel: “Our ministers should seek to come near to the ministers of
other denominations. Pray for and with these men, for whom
Christ is interceding. A solemn responsibility is theirs. As Christ’s
messengers we should manifest a deep, earnest interest in these
shepherds of the flock.”—Ellen G. White, Testimonies for the
Church, vol. 6, p. 78.
In our attitude toward Christians in other denominations, how
can we avoid manifesting a superior attitude or an un-Christian
spirit? How are we to show respect for them and their personal
faith without compromising our beliefs?

117
i n s i d e
Story
Solomon and a Cow
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Mordecai Msimanga turned to God and became a missionary to his fellow
Zimbabweans after accidentally hearing a sermon from the Song of Solomon.
As a young man, Mordecai was baptized into the Seventh-day Adventist
Church in Rhodesia in 1963 and moved to the country’s second-largest city,
Bulawayo, to find work. He stopped praying and reading the Bible.
“I became a stubborn person who ran away from the church for twenty-two
years,” he said.
During those years, he became a soldier and fought in Zimbabwe’s war for
independence. After independence in 1980, he lived for himself and refused to
consider God.
One day, he decided to buy a cow. The seller, however, was attending an
Adventist camp meeting, so Mordecai went to look for him. Arriving at the
camp meeting field, he learned that the seller had left for a short time, so he sat
down on the ground to wait.
The preacher read from the Song of Solomon, and the words cut Mordecai to
the heart. “Take us the foxes, the little foxes, that spoil the vines: for our vines
have tender grapes,” the preacher read from Song of Solomon 2:15 (KJV).
The preacher said the foxes were gobbling up the Israelites’ crops and God
was permitting this because the Israelites were stubbornly refusing to repent
and obey Him. As Mordecai listened, he realized that he also faced destruction
if he stubbornly refused to repent and obey God.
“I was the same as the Israelites who ran away from God,” he said.
He remembered the many times that God had protected him in the past. He
had gone to war and returned without a single injury. His sins seemed enor-
mous. Mordecai began to sob. He couldn’t contain his grief as the tears rolled
down his cheeks, and his weeping turned into loud cries of anguish.
“I understood that I was a sinner in front of my God,” he said later.
Mordecai stood up and, crying loudly, walked up to the stage. The preacher
halted his sermon and immediately made an altar call. Dozens of people,
touched by the tears of the hardened military veteran, came forward to give
their hearts to Jesus.
Mordecai, 68, has worked since 2006 as a Global
Mission pioneer, a missionary who spreads the
gospel among his own people in unreached areas.
God has used him to cast out evil spirits and convert
an entire church of 16 people, including the pastor.
Mordecai praised God that his plan to buy a cow
collapsed. “The Spirit of God led me to sit and lis-
ten, and I thank God for that,” he said.

Read more at the link: bit.ly/mordecai-zimbabwe

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
118 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 12:17

Study Focus: Revelation 13 elaborates on the dragon’s war against God, which was
described in Revelation 12.

Introduction: In Revelation 13, the dragon gains two allies: a beast that comes
up out of the sea (Rev. 13:1–10) and a beast that comes up out of the earth
(Rev. 13:11–18). These three powers work together to deceive the nations
and destroy God’s people. Both beasts are described through history (Rev.
13:1–7, 11) before their actions in the end time are portrayed (Rev. 13:8–10,
12–18).

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. Grounds for a Historical Reading of Revelation 13


This section explores the relationship of the two beasts in this chapter with the
historical time line of Revelation 12.

II. The Sea Beast as a Counterfeit of Christ


A number of features of the sea beast recall qualities and actions of Jesus.

III. The Symbolic Meaning of “Earth”


“Earth” is an ambiguous symbol in Revelation, sometimes positive and
sometimes negative.

IV. The Identity of the Land Beast


Evidence that the land beast represents the United States of America in the
final conflict is presented.

V. Revelation 13:14–18 and Daniel 3


Summarizes evidence for a clear allusion

Life Application: The “Life Application” section explores (1) the root issue
behind all forms of distorted religion and (2) how believers should relate
to Christians in other denominations.

119
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Revelation 13 introduces two new characters into the story of Reve­
lation 12: a beast from the sea (Rev. 13:1–7) and a beast from the earth
(Rev. 13:11). After their introductions, both beasts play a major role in
the war that is introduced in Revelation 12:17.

Main Themes of Lesson 9 Elaborated:

I. Grounds for a Historicist Interpretation of Revelation 13


In the historical Adventist interpretation of Revelation, the focus of
Revelation 13 is on the Middle Ages (papacy) and beyond (rise of the
United States of America). Revelation 13 also is an extension of the end-
time war of Revelation 12:17.
It is true that the climax of Revelation 13 is on the final battle of
earth’s history, with its fiery deceptions, image of the beast, death
decree, and mark of the beast (Rev. 13:13–17). But few readers have
noticed the verb tenses throughout the chapter. The main sentences
of Revelation 13:1–7 and verse 11 are all in past tenses. The main
sentences of Revelation 13:8–10 and 12–18 are all present or future
tenses. So the chapter itself contains evidence for sequences of history.
Each of the two new beasts has an introduction, including a visual
description, followed by a summary of its previous history in past
tenses (sea beast: Rev. 13:1–7; land beast: Rev. 13:11). See lesson 8,
theme I, for the literary principle behind this formal pattern. So the
description of Satan’s attacks (Rev. 13:12–18) is preceded by the previ­
ous history of the two main characters in that battle.
Revelation 13, then, covers the last two of the historical periods
listed in Revelation 12. The past-tense sections of Revelation 13
(Rev. 13:1–7, 11) parallel the middle period of Revelation 12 (Rev.
12:13–16). The present- and future-tense sections of Revelation 13
(Rev. 13:8–10, 12–18) parallel the final period of Revelation 12:17.
(This grammatical analysis fits.)

II. The Sea Beast as a Counterfeit of Christ


Sunday’s study suggests that the sea beast is a counterfeit of Jesus
Christ. This identification is confirmed by the text of Revelation 13.
(1) The sea beast experiences a death and resurrection like that of
Christ (Rev. 13:3, compare Rev. 13:8). (2) The cry, “Who is like the
beast?” (Rev. 13:4) recalls to the Hebrew mind the name of Christ in
the previous chapter, Michael (Rev. 12:7 [means “who is like God?” in
the Hebrew]). (3) The 42 prophetic months (Rev. 13:5) echo the three

120
teachers comments

and a half years of Jesus’ earthly ministry. The beast from the sea is a
counterfeit of Jesus Christ. This role was fulfilled in multiple ways by
the medieval Catholic Church.

III. The Symbolic Meaning of “Earth”


In Revelation 12:16, it is the “earth” that helps the woman by swallowing
up the flood of water that the serpent/dragon spews out of its mouth after
her. In the book of Revelation “earth” is a somewhat ambiguous concept
(Rev. 1:5; Rev. 5:6; Rev. 6:4; Rev. 11:6, 18; Rev. 13:12; Rev. 14:15–19;
Rev. 18:1–3; Rev. 19:2). When contrasted with heaven, the concept of
earth is negative (Rev. 9:1; Rev. 14:3 [except for 21:1, of course]). “Those
who dwell in heaven” (NKJV) are always positive in Revelation (Rev.
13:6; see also Rev. 19:1, 14), whereas those “who dwell on earth” (NKJV)
refer to opponents of God and His people (see Rev. 6:10, Rev. 8:13, Rev.
13:8, Rev. 17:8).
On the other hand, when earth is contrasted with sea or flooding
waters, the earth is a positive symbol rather than a negative one (Rev.
13:11, Rev. 21:1), and that is the case here. The earth helps the woman,
who represents the faithful people of God. The relatively positive his-
tory of the beast from the earth (Rev. 13:11) may lie in its contrast with
the beast from the sea (Rev. 13:1–7). So Revelation 12:16 and, perhaps,
Revelation 11:4 provide a positive setting for the reference to earth in
Revelation 13:11.

IV. The Identity of the Land Beast


Adventists have consistently identified the land beast as the United States
of America. It rose up as a benevolent power, emphasizing religious lib-
erty, but would, in the end time, speak like a dragon. Let us, therefore,
review the textual evidence regarding the land beast.
(1) The history of the land beast in the text (Rev. 13:11) is much
shorter than the history of the sea beast (Rev. 13:1–7), suggesting a rela­
tively new arrival on the scene of history. (2) Coming out of the earth
(Rev. 13:11) recalls the positive actions of the “earth” in Revelation
12:16. (3) The land beast appears in the context of the captivity of the
sea beast (Rev. 13:10), which Adventists understand occurred in a.d.
1798. (4) Unlike the sea beast, whose pedigree recalls the empires of
Daniel 7, the land beast’s pedigree has no ancient roots. (5) The land
beast arises from a different part of the world than the sea beast. (6) In
ancient nonbiblical mythology, the land beast (behemoth) lives in an
arid, desert space, far from people. (7) The land beast wears no crowns,
suggesting it has no king and no pope; instead, it offers political and
121
teachers comments

religious liberty. (8) It speaks like a lamb, at first, wielding a gentler, more
Christlike authority. But that gentleness does not last. (9) The land beast
eventually becomes dragon-like, like the power that attempted to kill Baby
Jesus (Rev. 12:3–5). (10) The land beast is described in very religious
terms, not just political ones (Rev. 13:13–15). It is the religious side of the
United States of America that is especially in focus because faith—what we
believe and practice—greatly matters.
There is no other power in history able to so completely fulfill the speci-
fications of this prophecy than the United States.

V. Revelation 13:14–18 and Daniel 3


This part of Revelation 13 contains one of the clearest allusions to the Old
Testament in Revelation. There are multiple parallels to the story of the
three Hebrew worthies and Nebuchadnezzar’s worship test on the plain of
Dura. (1) People from all over the world are compelled to engage in an
act of worship. (2) There is a death decree attached to the command to
worship. (3) Both events are associated with the number 6 (dimensions of
the image in Daniel 3 and the number 666 in Revelation 13). Revelation
13 indicates that in the final crisis of earth’s history, the scenario of the
plain of Dura will be repeated. The experience of Daniel 3 will be visited
upon earth’s final generation.

Part III: Life Application


1. Monday’s study asks: How can we stay faithful to prophecy about
church history and, yet, at the same time, be kind and cautious as we
present these truths to others? The ultimate challenge with religious
distortions is in the picture of God that they portray. What kind of
God tortures and burns people for eternity? What kind of God plays
fast and loose with the very rules He has made? What kind of God is
portrayed by a church that burns people at the stake over doctrinal
differences?
In confronting distorted religion, it is very important that we not
fall into the trap of portraying a God who is angry, judgmental, and
severe. We are told that when Jesus confronted the Pharisees, “tears
were in His voice.”—Ellen G. White, Steps to Christ, p. 12. In other
words, religious criticism is appropriate only when it comes from a
heart of love that can see the value God sees in other people. With the
help of the Holy Spirit, we can gently invite people to consider the
picture of God their religion portrays, making clear that we ourselves
122
teachers comments

are capable of misrepresenting God, as well. They need to know


that God is already inclined in their favor—and that He does not
need to be bought or persuaded by ritual acts.

2. Similarly, Friday’s study asks: As we await the end, what should be


our attitude toward Christians in other denominations? It helps to
recognize that many Catholics, Muslims, and those of other reli-
gious persuasions love God deeply and seek to please Him in every
way possible. We need to approach such people with the under-
standing that the line between good and evil is not between “us”
and “them”; rather, it runs right down the middle of our experi-
ence (1 Tim. 1:15). If we take on an attitude of moral superiority,
we may unwittingly convince them that God is not with us. On the
other hand, people are drawn to those who are authentically aware
of their own weakness and, like Jesus, show love and humility. It
is with this attitude that confrontation can most often succeed in
winning another.

123
L esson 10 *March 2–8
(page 76 of Standard Edition)

God’s Everlasting Gospel

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 14:6–12; Matt. 24:14;
Eccles. 12:13, 14; Exod. 20:2–11; Isa. 21:9; Isa. 34:8–10.

Memory Text: “Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who
keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus” (Revelation
14:12, NKJV).

R
evelation shows that Satan’s end-time deception will be so
successful that the world will choose to worship the beast and
receive its mark. Yet, Revelation 14:1–5 tells us that God will
have His remnant, those who will take their stand for the Lord when
most of the world doesn’t.
In the end, people will have to choose, not whether to worship or not
(everyone always worships something), but rather, whom to worship.
The worshipers of the beast will receive the mark on their right hands
or on their foreheads, symbolic of their choice to serve this apostate
system with their deeds and/or minds.
At the same time, the world will witness a great proclamation of the
gospel such as has not been seen since the day of Pentecost. Before the
judgments of God are poured out upon rebellious humanity, God will
send His warning messages “to every nation, tribe, tongue, and people”
(Rev. 14:6, NKJV). God does not want anyone to perish but all to be
saved, which is why Christ’s death was for all humanity. The question
is who will accept that provision and who won’t.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, March 9.

124
S unday March 3
(page 77 of Standard Edition)

The Three Angels’ Messages


Just before the end, God sends His warning messages, symboli-
cally portrayed in terms of three vocal angels flying in the sky. The
Greek word for angel (angelos) means “messenger.” Evidence from
Revelation suggests that the three angels stand for God’s people who
are entrusted with the end-time message to share with the world.

Read Revelation 14:6 along with Matthew 24:14. The first angel’s
message is referred to as the “everlasting gospel” (Rev. 14:6). What
does describing this proclamation as “the everlasting gospel” tell us
about the content and purpose of the first angel’s message? Why is
this message central to all that we believe?

_____________________________________________________
This first end-time message is the gospel proclamation in the context
of the hour of God’s judgment that has come upon the world. The gos-
pel is good news about God, who saves human beings on the basis of
faith in Jesus Christ and His work for them. The gospel is “everlasting”
because God never changes. His plan was put in place even before we
existed (2 Tim. 1:9, Titus 1:2). The first angel’s message includes both
salvation and judgment. It is good news for those who give glory to
God and worship Him as their Creator, but it also is a judgment warn-
ing for those who reject the Creator and the sign of true worship He has
given—the seventh-day Sabbath.
The three angels are described as proclaiming the messages with “a
loud voice” (Rev. 14:7, 9). These messages are urgent and important;
they must be heard by all because it concerns their eternal destiny. As
such, they must be proclaimed to every nation, tribe, tongue, and peo-
ple. This proclamation is particularly significant because, at the time of
the end, the beast will exercise authority over “every tribe, tongue, and
nation” (Rev. 13:7, NKJV). Satan’s deceptive activities, worldwide in
scope, are met by the end-time proclamation of the gospel worldwide.
The three angels’ messages are proclaimed by God’s people to coun-
ter Satan and his end-time allies—the dragon, a symbol of paganism/
spiritualism; the sea beast, which signifies Roman Catholicism; and the
false prophet, or lamblike beast, representing apostate Protestantism
(Revelation 13). They will operate up through the time of the sixth
plague (Rev. 16:13, 14). Thus, the world is presented with two rival
messages, each with the goal to win the allegiance of the people on
earth.

As Seventh-day Adventists, we are called to reach the world with


the end-time truths contained in the three angels’ messages. What
are you doing to help do just that? What more could you be doing?

125
M onday March 4
(page 78 of Standard Edition)

The First Angel’s Message: Part 1


Read Revelation 14:7 along with Ecclesiastes 12:13, 14. What does it
mean to “fear God”? How does the concept of fearing God relate to
the gospel, and what does the gospel have to do with keeping God’s
commandments? (See also Rom. 7:7–13.) What is the connection
between fearing God and glorifying Him?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The call to “ ‘fear God and give glory to Him’ ” (Rev. 14:7, NKJV)
is proclaimed in the context of the “everlasting gospel.” A realization
of what Christ has done for our salvation results in a positive response
to Him.
In the Bible, fearing God and giving glory to Him are closely related
(Ps. 22:23, Rev. 15:4). Together, they designate a right relationship
with God (Job 1:8) and obedience to Him.
To fear God does not mean to be afraid of Him but to take Him seri-
ously and allow His presence in our lives. God’s end-time people are
the ones who fear God (see Rev. 11:18, Rev. 19:5). God desires His
people to love Him (Deut. 11:13, Matt. 22:37), obey Him (Deut. 5:29,
Eccl. 12:13), and reflect His character (Gen. 22:12).
It is important for God’s people to give Him glory because “ ‘the
hour of His judgment has come’ ” (Rev. 14:7, NKJV). The judgment
in view here is the pre-Advent investigative judgment, which takes
place prior to the Second Coming. The purpose of this judgment is
to reveal whether or not we are truly serving God—a choice made
manifest by our works (see 2 Cor. 5:10). At the conclusion of this
judgment, the destiny of every person is decided (Rev. 22:11), and
Jesus will come to bring His reward to every person according to his
or her deeds (Rev. 22:12).
Judgment in Revelation 14 is a part of the gospel. To those who are in
a right relationship with God, judgment is good news; it means vindica-
tion, salvation, freedom, and eternal life. However, it is bad news for
the disobedient, unless they repent and turn to God by accepting this
end-time, judgment-hour message. God does not want anyone to perish
but all to come to repentance (2 Pet. 3:9).

How could you stand, alone, in the judgment? What verdict


would your life reveal? What does your answer tell you about the
need for the gospel and why it is linked so closely together with
judgment in the first angel’s message?

_____________________________________________________
126
T uesday March 5
(page 79 of Standard Edition)

The First Angel’s Message: Part 2


Revelation shows that the central issues in the last crisis of earth’s history
will be worship and obedience to God, as revealed in keeping His com-
mandments (Rev. 14:12). The people of the world will fall into two groups:
those who fear and worship God, and those who fear and worship the beast.

Review the first four commandments of the Decalogue (Exod. 20:2–


11). Then go through Revelation 13. How does the beast’s demand
for worship (Rev. 13:7, 8), the setting up of an image to the beast
to be worshiped (Rev. 13:14, 15), blasphemy of God and His name
(Rev. 13:5, 6), and receiving of the mark of the beast (Rev. 13:16,
17) point to Satan’s attacks on the first four commandments of the
Decalogue in the final crisis?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The central concept of the first four commandments of the Decalogue
is worship. Revelation indicates that these commandments will become
the standard of loyalty to God in the final crisis. The final conflict
between Christ and Satan plainly will revolve around worship and the
first four commandments.
The key issue in the final crisis is emphasized in the second exhor-
tation of the first angel’s message. The call to “ ‘worship Him who
made heaven and earth, the sea and springs of water’ ” (Rev. 14:7,
NKJV) is almost an exact quotation of the fourth commandment of the
Decalogue (Exod. 20:11). This fact shows that the call to worship God
the Creator is a call to Sabbath observance.
Rest and worship on the seventh day—Saturday—is a special sign of
our relationship with God (Exod. 31:13, Ezek. 20:12). The first angel’s
message is a call to worship the Creator.
“While the observance of the false sabbath in compliance with the
law of the state, contrary to the fourth commandment, will be an avowal
of allegiance to a power that is in opposition to God, the keeping of
the true Sabbath, in obedience to God’s law, is an evidence of loyalty
to the Creator. While one class, by accepting the sign of submission to
earthly powers, receive the mark of the beast, the other choosing the
token of allegiance to divine authority, receive the seal of God.”—Ellen
G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 605.

How is our view of Creation and Salvation related? Why is rest-


ing on the Sabbath as God did so important?

_____________________________________________________
127
W ednesday March 6
(page 80 of Standard Edition)

The Second Angel’s Message


The second angel’s message announces the fall, or apostasy, of
Babylon and identifies it as a false religious system. In Revelation 17:5,
“Babylon is said to be ‘the mother of harlots.’ By her daughters must be
symbolized churches that cling to her doctrines and traditions, and follow
her example of sacrificing the truth and the approval of God, in order to
form an unlawful alliance with the world.”—Ellen G. White, The Great
Controversy, pp. 382, 383.

Read Revelation 14:8 along with Revelation 18:2 and Isaiah 21:9. The
twofold repetition of the word “fallen” points to Babylon’s progres-
sive apostasy and signifies the certainty of her full moral collapse.
Babylon is described as already fallen, but her fall is also described
as future. Why is that?

The end-time Babylon in Revelation is a union of false religious systems


that includes Roman Catholicism and apostate Protestantism. These will
put themselves into the service of Satan against God’s people (see Rev.
13:11–18, Rev. 16:13, Rev. 17:5). This apostate religious union will manifest
the arrogance of ancient Babylon in exalting itself above God and will seek
to take His place in the world. The message of the second angel warns God’s
people that this wicked system will depart further and further from the truth
in consequence of her refusal of the light of the end-time gospel message.
Only when “the union of the church with the world shall be fully accom-
plished throughout Christendom, will the fall of Babylon be complete.”
—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 390.

Read again Revelation 14:8 along with Revelation 17:2 and Revelation
18:3. How does Babylon make the world drink the wine of her forni-
cation? What does this wine symbolize?

Revelation 17 pictures end-time Babylon as a harlot making people


on earth drunk with her wine of immorality (see Rev. 17:2).
The wine of Babylon refers to the false teachings and false gospel
offered by this apostate religious system. Today, as many Protestant
churches, in fulfillment of Bible prophecy, rapidly erase the differences
that once separated them from the Roman Catholic Church and turn away
from biblical truth, we witness the corrupting influence of Babylon’s wine
amongst the professed body of Christ: theistic evolution, which is implic-
itly contrasted with the reference to Creation in the first angel’s message;
theological traditions replacing sola Scriptura; revised ethics abandon-
ing biblical definitions of gender, marriage, and so forth. Intoxicated
people cannot think clearly. As the people become spiritually inebriated by
Babylon’s wine, Babylon will seduce them into worshiping the sea beast
and receiving the mark of the beast.

128
T hursday March 7
(page 81 of Standard Edition)

The Third Angel’s Message


How does Revelation 14:12 depict God’s faithful people?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
In contrast to God’s faithful people, Revelation 14:9, 10 warns about
the fate of those who face God’s wrath. In the Old Testament, the
outpouring of God’s wrath is described symbolically as drinking wine
from a cup (Jer. 25:15, 16). The severity of the judgment upon the
worshipers of the beast is expressed as drinking the wine of the wrath
of God that is poured out “without mixture” (Rev. 14:10) into the cup
of His indignation. In ancient times, people often diluted wine with
water to reduce its intoxicating strength. But the wine of God’s wrath is
described as “unmixed” (akratou). The unmixed, undiluted wine repre-
sents the pouring out of God’s wrath in its full strength, without mercy.

Read Revelation 14:10, 11 along with Revelation 20:10–15. How do


Isaiah 34:8–10 and Jude 7 shed light on the statement: “ ‘And the
smoke of their torment ascends forever and ever’ ” (NKJV)?

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The statement of the torment with fire and brimstone refers to total
destruction. Fire and brimstone is a means of judgment (Gen. 19:24,
Isa. 34:8–10). The ascending smoke of destruction is a well-known
image in the Bible. Isaiah prophesied of the future destruction of Edom
by fire and brimstone: it will become a burning pitch; “it shall not be
quenched night or day; its smoke shall ascend forever” (Isa. 34:10,
NKJV). Jude describes the fate of Sodom and Gomorrah as suffer-
ing the punishment of “eternal fire” (Jude 7). These texts do not talk
about endless burning, for none of these cities is burning today. The
consequences are eternal, not the burning itself. The “eternal fire” in
Revelation refers to annihilation; the burning will be long enough to
make the consumption complete until nothing is left to burn.

Although we can be thankful for the great truth that the fires
of hell don’t torture the lost for eternity, the punishment is still
terrible enough. What should the permanence and the severity of
the punishment tell us about the sacred task that we have been
given to warn others about what is coming?

_____________________________________________________

129
F riday March 8
(page 82 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “The Final Warning,” pp.


603–612, in The Great Controversy.

Revelation shows that at the time of the end, God’s people are com-
missioned with the proclamation of the end-time gospel to the world.
The work before us seems daunting, all but impossible. However, we
have the promise of God’s power.
“The great work of the gospel is not to close with less manifestation
of the power of God than marked its opening. . . .
“The message will be carried not so much by argument as by the
deep conviction of the Spirit of God. The arguments have been pre-
sented. The seed has been sown, and now it will spring up and bear
fruit.”—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, pp. 611, 612.
The conclusion of the proclamation of God’s final message will
result in a great separation that divides people in the world into two
camps: those who love and obey God and those who follow and obey
the beast. This separation is portrayed in terms of two harvests: the
gathering of the wheat into the storehouses (Rev. 14:14–16) and the
grapes to be trampled in the winepress (Rev. 14:17–20). This final
separation is the subject of Revelation 17 and 18.

Discussion Questions:
 Reflect on this thought: Who is preaching the three angels’
messages other than Seventh-day Adventists? What should this
tell us about just how important our work is and how seriously we
should take it?

 Why do you think that judgment is an unpopular concept


among many Christians? What relevance does the concept of the
pre-Advent judgment have for Christians today? How would you
help your fellow believers better understand the true meaning of
the pre-Advent judgment?

 Think about the question of the Sabbath in the context of final


events. The issue is: Whom will we worship—the Creator of “the
heaven and the earth” (Rev. 14:7, NASB), or the beast power? The
Bible teaches that the seventh-day Sabbath is the oldest (Gen. 2:2,
3), most foundational sign of God’s creatorship of “the heaven and
the earth.” What does that truth teach us about why the Sabbath,
as one of God’s commandments (Rev. 14:12), plays such a promi-
nent role in the final crisis?

130
i n s i d e
Story
Power Tools and a Boat
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Church members are finding innovative ways to share the gospel across
the Seventh-day Adventist Church’s Euro-Asia Division, a territory cover-
ing much of the former Soviet Union, in an effort to jump-start membership
growth, which is largely flat.
“It’s a challenging territory, but God is working through Total Member
Involvement,” said division president Michael Kaminskiy (pictured).
Eleven Adventist health professionals went on a two-week boat cruise to
ancient Russian cities on the Volga River. The trip, which followed a popular
tourist route, was organized by a Russian nongovernmental health organiza-
tion, and the Adventists were invited to share health principles about water,
sunshine, exercise, and rest, as well as conduct stop-smoking classes.
The boat’s captain, who smoked heavily, attended the classes.
“He smoked so much that there was always a cloud of smoke around
him,” said Ivan Velgosha, president of the West Russian Union Conference.
By trip’s end, he had stopped smoking and made the boat a smoke-free
zone. The Adventists presented him with a book about healthful living and
told him that Jesus could help him never smoke again.
More than a month after the trip, the captain still hasn’t smoked, Velgosha
said.
In the city of Nizhny Novgorod, schoolchildren shared their love for God
by writing letters about His law. One child wrote, “We need to remember the
third commandment so we don’t say bad words about God.” Another child
wrote, “If people stopped stealing, we would be the richest country in the
world.” The children spent five days passing out the letters on city streets.
In eastern Ukraine, church members have found that free drawings for
electric drills are drawing men to evangelistic meetings. Women were com-
ing to the meetings, but the number of men in attendance sharply increased
when churches began to advertise the electric drills, said Stanislav Nosov,
president of the Ukrainian Union Conference.
“Men need tools to repair homes damaged in the conflict,” he said.
Daily drawings were held at two-week evan-
gelistic meetings conducted in several towns in
eastern Ukraine. Winners chose between a drill
and a set of pots, while anyone who attended
seven meetings in a row received a food package
with macaroni, sugar, milk, and other basic items.
Dozens of people have been baptized.
“God is doing wonderful things through Total
Member Involvement,” Kaminskiy said.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 131
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 14:7

Study Focus: Revelation 14 elaborates on the remnant’s side of the war with the
dragon, as announced in Revelation 12:17.

Introduction: In Revelation 14, the remnant reappears as the 144,000, who fol-
low the Lamb wherever He goes (Rev. 14:1–5). This emergence is followed
by the most famous of all Bible passages to Seventh-day Adventists, the three
angels’ messages (Rev. 14:6–13). The chapter concludes with a symbolic
representation of the second coming of Jesus and the respective harvests of
the saints and the wicked that accompany it (Rev. 14:14–20). The lesson for
this week focuses primarily on the three angels’ messages.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. The Remnant and the 144,000


These turn out to be two different names for the same group in the end time.

II. The “Fear” of God


Far from meaning what it sounds like, the fear of God is a call to true wor-
ship, reverence, and respect for the Creator.

III. The Central Issue of Revelation 13 and 14: Worship


The word “worship” appears eight times at crucial points in the narrative.

IV. How Is Judgment Related to the Gospel (Rev. 14:6, 7)?


The language of judgment is used in three different ways in the New
Testa­ment.

V. Revelation 13 and 14 and the First Table of the Ten Commandments


There are multiple references to the first four of the Ten Commandments
in Revelation 13 and 14.

VI. The First Angel and the Fourth Commandment

Life Application: The “Life Application” section explores (1) the relevance
of judgment and (2) the relevance of the seventh-day Sabbath in today’s
world.

132
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


Revelation 14 elaborates on the remnant’s side of the final battle intro-
duced in Revelation 12:17. The remnant is described (Rev. 14:1–5), its
message is presented (Rev. 14:6–13), and the outcome of the battle is
outlined in symbolic language (Rev. 14:14–20).

Main Themes of Lesson 10 Elaborated:

I. The Remnant and the 144,000


God’s faithful ones are called “remnant” in Revelation 12:17 and
“144,000” in Revelation 14:1. Are these two different groups or two dif-
ferent ways of describing the same group? Revelation 14:1 contains an
allusion to Joel 2:32 indicating an end-time fulfillment besides its “early
rain” application (see Acts 2:21). In Joel, God’s faithful ones are those
who call on the name of the Lord, reside in Mount Zion, and are called
“remnant.” Revelation 14:1 mentions the name of the Lamb, Mount
Zion, and calls these faithful ones the 144,000. The allusion to Joel is
John’s key that he is describing the remnant’s side of the final conflict
with the dragon in chapter 14.

II. The “Fear” of God


The word “fear” in English is generally the word we use when we are
terrified. As a result, many readers of the Bible think it is appropriate
to serve God because we are afraid of Him. But when the word “fear” is
associated with God in the Bible, it has a much softer meaning. In the
Old Testament, for example, the fear of God means to have reverence or
awe for Him: it includes such things as knowing God personally (Prov.
9:10), doing His commandments (Ps. 111:10, Eccles. 12:13), and avoid-
ing evil (Prov. 3:7, Prov. 16:6). In the New Testament, it can mean awe
and respectful excitement (Luke 7:16, Acts 2:43). It provides motivation
for godly behavior (2 Cor. 7:1). It is parallel to the honor one would give
to a king (1 Pet. 2:17) and the respect one would show toward a superior
(1 Pet. 2:18).
In modern terms, the fear of God means to take God seriously enough
to enter into a relationship with Him, to follow His warnings to avoid evil,
and to do His commandments, even the ones that may be inconvenient—
or worse. It is a call to live and act as those who know that they will give
account to God one day. According to this verse, such a serious calling
will be a part of the experience of God’s end-time people.

133 133
teachers comments

III. The Central Issue of Revelation 13 and 14: Worship


The issue that arises again and again in Revelation 13 and 14 is worship.
Seven times in these two chapters there are references to worship of the
dragon, the beast, or the image to the beast (Rev. 13:4, 8, 12, 15; Rev. 14:9,
11). The overall story is about a satanic triad, which invites the worship of
the entire world in the place of God. The focus is on a universal contest
regarding the character of God and whether He is truly worthy of worship.
It is the central theme of this part of the book.
Ironically, while there are seven references to worship of the dragon
and his allies in Revelation 13 and 14, only one time in the same nar-
rative is there a reference to worship of God, and that is in the call
to worship the Creator in Revelation 14:7. That makes this verse the
central focus of the section. And because Revelation 13 and 14 are at
the center of the book, the call to worship the Creator states the central
point of the entire book. Given that this call to worship is in the context
of the Sabbath commandment of the Decalogue (Rev. 14:7, compare
Exod. 20:11), the Sabbath is a crucial issue in the final crisis of earth’s
history.

IV. How Is Judgment Related to the Gospel (Rev. 14:6, 7)?


In the New Testament, judgment is closely related to the gospel. First of
all, judgment occurred at the Cross when Satan was defeated (John 12:31,
Rev. 5:5–10). Second, judgment language is closely associated with the
preaching of the gospel in John 3:18–21 and 5:22–25. Whenever the gos-
pel is preached, people are called into judgment, based on their response
to what Christ did on the cross. This call to judgment is the background to
the four horsemen (Rev. 6:1–8), as we saw in lesson 5. Third, the judgment
at the end of time examines our response to the hearing of the gospel (John
12:48). The book of Revelation reserves the language of judgment for the
end-time phase (Rev. 11:18, Rev. 14:7, Rev. 17:1, Rev. 20:4).

V. Revelation 13 and 14 and the First Table of the Ten Commandments


References to worship of the beast (Rev. 13:4, 8, 12, 15) come in the
context of a counterfeit of the first table of the law. The first command-
ment forbids worship of any other God. The second commandment for-
bids idolatry. The land beast tells inhabitants of the earth to set up an
image to be worshiped (Rev. 13:15). The third commandment forbids
taking the Lord’s name in vain. The beast excels in blasphemy (Rev.
13:6). The fourth commandment is the seal of the covenant, containing
the name, the territory, and the basis for God’s rule (Exod. 20:8–11).

134
teachers comments

In contrast, the world is offered the mark of the beast (Rev. 13:16, 17).
This section of Revelation is centered in the commandments of God (Rev.
12:17, Rev. 14:12). In chapter 13, there is a particular focus on the first table
of the Ten Commandments, which contains the four commandments that deal
specifically with our rela­tionship to God. The beast and his allies counterfeit
each of the first four commandments. This counterfeit sets the stage for the
decisive allusion to the fourth commandment in the first angel’s message (Rev.
14:7, compare Exod. 20:11).

VI. The First Angel and the Fourth Commandment


The message of the first angel contains a direct allusion to the fourth
commandment of the Decalogue. This is evident for three major rea-
sons. (1) There is a strong verbal parallel between Revelation 14:7
and Exodus 20:11. Both passages contain the words “made,” “heaven,”
“earth,” and “sea.” They also contain a reference to the One who created.
(2) Revelation 14:6, 7 contains references to salvation (Rev. 14:6), judg-
ment, and Creation (Rev. 14:7). All three themes echo the first table of the
Ten Commandments (Exod. 20:2, 5, 6, 11). (3) There are multiple refer-
ences to the Ten Commandments throughout this section of Revelation
(Rev. 12:17, 14:12, the counterfeits of the first four commandments in
Revelation 13, the verbal parallels in Revelation 14:7). These references
make up a strong structural parallel. The final call of God to the world is
in the context of the fourth commandment.

Part III: Life Application


1. Why do you think judgment is an unpopular concept among many
Christians today? Judgment today is often seen as cold and harshly
legal. Courts are places you want to avoid, if possible. But in the bibli-
cal sense, judgment is something for God’s people to look forward to.
It is a time that all the wrongs of earth will be made right. If there is
no judgment at the end, there will never be any justice in this world.
Biblical justice is as much positive as it is negative. It is the basis of
reward, as well as negative consequences. Jesus said that even some-
thing as small as giving a cup of cold water to a child will be remem-
bered in the judgment (Matt. 10:42). It provides great meaning in this
life to know that every good deed, every kindness shown, matters in
the ultimate scheme of things.

135
teachers comments

2. Why does the Sabbath play such a central role in the final events
of earth’s history? What difference could a day of the week possibly
make in the ultimate scheme of things? God placed the Sabbath at
the center of all His mighty acts as a remembrance of Him. When
we keep the seventh-day Sabbath, we are reminded of Creation
(Exod. 20:8–11). God created us free, at great cost to Himself (we
were free to rebel), so we could truly love Him back and also love
one another. Not only the Sabbath but the whole of the Decalogue
was designed to promote freedom (James 1:25, James 2:12). So the
Creation side of Sabbath reminds us of the loving, freedom-giving
character of God.
The Sabbath also reminds us of the Exodus (Deut. 5:15), God’s
great act of salvation for His people. He is a gracious God who
acts mightily in behalf of His people. The Sabbath also reminds
us of the Cross. Jesus rested in the tomb on the Sabbath between
His death and His resurrection. The Cross is the greatest revela­
tion of God’s character, and the Sabbath is a reminder of that.
The Sabbath also looks forward to the future salvation at the
end of time (Heb. 4:9–11). Those who truly trust God find in
the Sabbath a down payment on the rest from sin that the whole
universe will experience in eternity.

136
L esson 11 *March 9–15
(page 84 of Standard Edition)

The Seven Last Plagues

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 15:1; Rev. 7:1–3; Rev.
14:9, 10; Rev. 16:1–12; Rev. 17:1; Daniel 5; Rev. 16:16; 2 Thess. 2:9–12.

Memory Text: “ ‘Who shall not fear You, O Lord, and glorify Your
name? For You alone are holy. For all nations shall come and worship
before You, for Your judgments have been manifested’ ” (Revelation
15:4, NKJV).

R
evelation 11:18 summarizes events on earth right before the battle
of Armageddon: “ ‘The nations were angry.’ ” This state of affairs
on earth matches Jesus’ description of the last days (Luke 21:25)
and is followed by God’s wrath, which are His judgments in the form of
the seven last plagues upon the unrepentant (Rev. 15:1).
Revelation 15 opens with the picture of seven angels with seven bowls
filled with this divine wrath. But before this outpouring happens, we
have a future glimpse of God’s faithful people (Rev. 15:1–4). They are
described as victorious “over the beast, over his image and over his mark
and over the number of his name” (Rev. 15:2, NKJV), as they stand on
something resembling a sea of glass and sing the song of Moses and the
Lamb—all images reminiscent of the Hebrews on the shores of the Red
Sea, celebrating God’s victory over the Egyptians (Exodus 15).
These victorious saints are the same ones referred to as the 144,000
in Revelation 14:1–5. Having refused the mark of the beast, they are
protected from the seven last plagues. Then, at the Second Advent their
mortal bodies are transformed and clothed with immortality (1  Cor.
15:51–54), and they will join the resurrected saints when Jesus comes
in power and glory (1 Thess. 4:17).

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, March 16.


137
S unday March 10
(page 85 of Standard Edition)

The Meaning of the Seven Last


Plagues
People have already made their choice either for God or for Babylon.
Before Christ comes, however, the destructive winds of Satan’s fury that
have been restrained (Rev. 7:1–3) are unleashed, followed by the seven last
plagues.

Read Revelation 15:1 along with Exodus 7–11. How are the Egyptian
plagues, considered the backdrop for the seven last plagues, instruc-
tive regarding their purpose and meaning?
_____________________________________________________
The seven last plagues are referred to as the “last” plagues because
they come at the very end of earth’s history. In contrast, the plagues
of the seven trumpets cover the time period that includes the entire
Christian age and are restricted in their scope. They are executed while
the gospel still is being preached (Rev. 10:8–11:14) and intercession is
taking place (Rev. 8:2–5). They are mixed with mercy, and their pur-
pose is to bring the enemies of God’s people to repentance.
On the other hand, the seven last plagues are poured out just prior to
the Second Coming. They are poured out upon those who, like Pharaoh,
hardened their hearts against God’s redeeming love and would not
repent (see Rev. 16:11). Divine wrath is God’s righteous judgment on
the choices people have made (see Rom. 1:26–28), and at that time the
lost are reaping the consequences of their own choices.

Read Revelation 15:5–8 along with Exodus 40:34, 35 and 1  Kings


8:10, 11. What does the statement that “no man was able to enter
the temple” (Rev. 15:8) suggest about the timing of the seven last
plagues?
_____________________________________________________
The expression “no one was able to enter into the temple” (Rev. 15:8,
NKJV) points to the close of probation (Rev. 22:11). As Christ’s media-
torial ministry in heaven comes to an end, the door of opportunity to
repent closes forever. Therefore, the last plagues will not bring anyone
to repentance, but only disclose the hardness of the hearts of those who
chose to side with Babylon, prompting them to hate God even more
(Rev. 16:9, 11).

Look around at the world today, which is going to get only worse.
What does the fact that the plagues have been delayed this long
teach us about God’s mercy and patience?

138
M onday March 11
(page 86 of Standard Edition)

The Outpouring of the Last Plagues


With the cessation of Christ’s intercession in the heavenly sanctuary,
the destiny of each individual is forever determined. The time has come
for those who have spurned the gospel to experience God’s wrath in its
fullness.
The seven last plagues mirror the plagues poured out upon Egypt
(Exodus 7–11). As the Egyptian plagues affected the Egyptians while
the Israelites were spared, so God’s people will be protected during
this time of trouble (Ps. 91:3–10; see The Great Controversy, pp.
629, 630).The plagues on Egypt disclosed the hardness of Pharaoh’s
heart and showed the Egyptians the inability of their gods to protect
them. Similarly, the last plagues increasingly harden the hearts of the
worshipers of the sea beast and reveal the powerlessness of Babylon to
protect them from divine judgment.

Read Revelation 16:1–11. What is happening here, and how is it por-


trayed?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The first four plagues “are not universal, or the inhabitants of the earth
would be wholly cut off.”—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p.
628. The first inflicts painful and loathsome sores exclusively on the
worshipers of the beast. The second and third plagues affect the sea and
the rivers and the springs of water, which turn into blood. Without water
to drink, rebellious humanity cannot survive. The fourth plague affects
the sun so that it scorches sinners, causing unbearable pain.
The unbearable pain inflicted by the plagues does not soften the hearts
of unrighteous humanity so as to change their rebellious attitudes. Instead,
they curse and blaspheme God, who executes these plagues. Nor do any
of them repent.
In Revelation 16:10, 11 (see also Exod. 10:21–23), we can see that the
fifth plague strikes the throne of the beast. It was Satan who dele­gated the
throne to the beast (Rev. 13:2). Now even the seat of Satan’s authority cannot
withstand the force of these plagues. As people suffer in pain, they realize
the inability of Babylon to protect them. However, they have set their minds
against God, and even the terror of the plagues does not change their hearts.

How can we maintain so close a walk with the Lord that, if trag-
edy strikes, we know enough of God’s love to trust Him even amid
suffering?

_____________________________________________________
139
T uesday March 12
(page 87 of Standard Edition)

Drying Up the Euphrates River


Read Revelation 16:12 along with Revelation 17:1 and 15. What does
the symbol of the Euphrates stand for? What is the significance
of the drying up of the Euphrates in the context of the seven last
plagues?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
In the Old Testament, the Euphrates was a critical means of support
for Israel’s enemies, Assyria and Babylon. The river flowed through
Babylon and was important to the city because it nourished crops
and provided water for people. Babylon could not survive without the
Euphrates.
Revelation 17:1 describes end-time Babylon as sitting upon many
waters, perhaps a reference to the Euphrates (see Jer. 51:13). Revelation
17:15 explains that the waters upon which end-time Babylon sits repre-
sent the people who support it: the worldwide civil, secular, and politi-
cal powers behind the system. However, these powers eventually will
retract their support.
The scene of the sixth plague reflects the capture of ancient Babylon
by Cyrus the Persian (see Daniel 5). According to the ancient historian
Herodotus, on the night that King Belshazzar and his officials had a
feast, the Persians diverted the Euphrates and entered Babylon along
the riverbed, taking the city by surprise.
The symbolic drying up of the Euphrates in Revelation 16:12 results
in the collapse of Babylon in the end time. Because the Euphrates in
Revelation represents the world’s civil, secular, and political powers
giving their support to Babylon, the drying up of the Euphrates symbol-
izes the withdrawal of their support and their subsequent attack against
Babylon, thereby causing its downfall.
As the people of the world witness the upheaval in nature (see Rev.
16:3–9), they turn to Babylon for protection. However, as the fifth plague
strikes the seat of Babylon’s authority (Rev. 16:10, 11), they see the futil-
ity of seeking help there. Feeling deceived, they turn against Babylon,
causing her downfall (see Rev. 17:16). Yet, as we have seen, their hearts
remain hard against God and His people. As such, they become fertile
soil for the final deception by which Satan will draw the world to unite
against God’s people to wipe them off the face of the earth.

In what ways have you learned how risky it is to place your trust
in humans and in human institutions?

_____________________________________________________

140
W ednesday March 13
(page 88 of Standard Edition)

Satan’s Last Great Deception


Revelation 16:12 tells us that the purpose of the drying up of the
Euphrates is to prepare the way for “the kings from the east” (NKJV).
In the Old Testament, “the kings from the east” were Cyrus and his
forces coming down from the north, then approaching Babylon from
the east (Isa. 41:25). Their conquest of Babylon made the return of
God’s people to their homeland possible (Isa. 44:27, 28). In the same
way, the symbolic drying up of the Euphrates prepares the way for the
coming of the kings from the east to provide deliverance to God’s end-
time people.
The kings from the east in Revelation 16:12 are Christ and His army
of heavenly angels. At His second coming, Jesus will appear with
His angelic host, “clothed in fine linen, white and clean” (Rev. 19:14,
NKJV), which is the dress of sinless angels (Rev. 15:6). Accompanied
by the host of heaven, Christ will, as Revelation 17:14 shows, over-
come the satanic forces that oppress His people (compare Matt. 24:30,
31). This final conflict against Christ and His people leading up to the
Second Coming is known as the battle of Armageddon.

Read Revelation 16:13, 14. What is the role of the three unclean spirits
in the preparation for the battle of Armageddon? How are they a
satanic counterfeit of the three angels’ messages in Revelation 14?
(See 1 Tim. 4:1.)
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
Through the final events leading up to the close of probation, every
human being will be led to choose on which of the two sides he or she
will stand in the battle of Armageddon. As a prelude to this spiritual
warfare, John sees three demonic spirits resembling frogs. Satan’s last
attempt to deceive involves demonic, lying spirits.
The dragon (paganism and spiritualism), the sea beast (Roman
Catholicism), and the false prophet (apostate Protestantism) unite
under Satan’s command (see Rev. 13:11, 12). Satan enables the lamb-
like beast to perform miraculous signs (see Rev. 13:13–17) that include
spiritualistic manifestations. These signs are part of Satan’s end-time
deceptive strategy to persuade the world to follow him rather than the
true God.
Blinded by their hatred of God and His truth, the leaders of the world
readily believe Satan’s lies, which are cloaked in a pleasing religious
guise (2 Thess. 2:9–12). Ultimately, they will unite in the final battle
leading to the end of this world.
141
T hursday March 14
(page 89 of Standard Edition)

Gathering for the Battle of Armageddon


Read Revelation 16:16. How successful will Satan’s end-time deception
be in gathering the people of the world to the battle of Armageddon?

The deceptive demonic miracles will achieve worldwide success. In


having spurned Bible teachings, people will believe a lie that will be
accompanied by deceptive miracles (see 2  Thess. 2:9–12). They will
unite together in purpose, symbolized by their gathering to a “place,”
which is in Hebrew called Armageddon, meaning “the mountain of
Megiddo.” Megiddo was not a mountain, but a fortress city located in
the Valley of Jezreel (or the Plain of Esdraelon) at the foot of the Mount
Carmel ridge. It was an important strategic site.
The Plain of Esdraelon was known for many decisive battles in Israel’s his-
tory (see Judg. 5:19; Judg. 6:33; 2 Kings 9:27; 2 Kings 23:29, 30). Revelation
uses this historical background to depict a final great conflict, called
Armageddon, between Christ and the forces of evil. The people of the world
are portrayed as a unified army under the leadership of this satanic league.
The “mountain of Megiddo” is an apparent allusion to Mount Carmel
that towers above the valley in which the ancient city of Megiddo was
located. Mount Carmel was the site of one of the greatest clashes in Israel’s
history, between God’s true prophet (Elijah) and the false prophets of Baal
(1  Kings 18). This showdown answered the question “Who is the true
God?” The fire that came from heaven demonstrated that the Lord was the
only true God and the only one to be worshiped. While the spiritual issue of
the battle of Armageddon—Will we obey God or man?—is decided before
the plagues fall, those who side with the dragon, the beast, and the false
prophet (Rev. 16:13), will then be totally controlled by the devil (as Judas
was, leading up to Christ’s crucifixion [Luke 22:3]).
Having chosen the losing side, they will be among those who cry for the
mountains to hide them (Rev. 6:16; read also 2 Thess. 1:7, 8). Before the
plagues fall, however, Revelation 13:13, 14 portrays the earth beast bring-
ing fire down from heaven to deceive the world into thinking that Satan’s
counterfeit, which will include false revivals led by another spirit, is the
work of God.
Armageddon is not a military battle among nations to be fought some-
where in the Middle East, but a global spiritual contest in which Christ
decisively confronts the forces of darkness (see 2 Cor. 10:4). The out-
come will be like that at Carmel but on a worldwide scale—with God’s
triumph over the forces of darkness.
For many years, people have been looking at political and military
turmoil in the Middle East as signs of the end and of Armageddon.
Despite many predictions and date-settings, Armageddon, as they
have envisioned it, has not come. How can we protect ourselves
from making similar mistakes in regard to interpreting these local-
ized events as the fulfillments of Bible prophecy?
142
F riday March 15
(page 90 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: “None but those who have fortified the mind with the
truths of the Bible will stand through the last great conflict. To every soul will
come the searching test: Shall I obey God rather than men? . . . The apostle
Paul declared, looking down to the last days: ‘The time will come when they
will not endure sound doctrine.’ 2 Timothy 4:3. That time has fully come. The
multitudes do not want Bible truth, because it interferes with the desires of the
sinful, world-loving heart; and Satan supplies the deceptions which they love.
“But God will have a people upon the earth to maintain the Bible, and the
Bible only, as the standard of all doctrines and the basis of all reforms. The
opinions of learned men, the deductions of science, the creeds or decisions of
ecclesiastical councils, as numerous and discordant as are the churches which
they represent, the voice of the majority—not one nor all of these should be
regarded as evidence for or against any point of religious faith. Before accept-
ing any doctrine or precept, we should demand a plain ‘Thus saith the Lord’
in its support. . . .
“As the crowning act in the great drama of deception, Satan himself will
personate Christ. The church has long professed to look to the Saviour’s
advent as the consummation of her hopes. Now the great deceiver will make it
appear that Christ has come. In different parts of the earth, Satan will manifest
himself among men as a majestic being of dazzling brightness, resembling
the description of the Son of God given by John in the Revelation. Revelation
1:13–15. The glory that surrounds him is unsurpassed by anything that mortal
eyes have yet beheld. The shout of triumph rings out upon the air: ‘Christ
has come! Christ has come!’ The people prostrate themselves in adoration
before him. . . . In gentle, compassionate tones he presents some of the same
gracious, heavenly truths which the Saviour uttered; he heals the diseases of
the people, and then, in his assumed character of Christ, he claims to have
changed the Sabbath to Sunday, and commands all to hallow the day which he
has blessed. He declares that those who persist in keeping holy the seventh day
are blaspheming his name by refusing to listen to his angels sent to them with
light and truth. This is the strong, almost overmastering delusion.”—Ellen G.
White, The Great Controversy, pp. 593–595, 624.

Discussion Questions:
 Read Jesus’ admonition in Revelation 16:15, inserted into the
description of the preparation for the battle of Armageddon. Note the
similar wording in Christ’s earlier appeal to the church of Laodicea (Rev.
3:18). How do Christ’s words show the significance of the Laodicean
message for God’s people living at the time of the preparation for the
final conflict? In what way does this message apply to you personally?

 White and clean garments in Revelation symbolize the righteousness


of Christ (Rev. 3:4, 5; Rev. 19:7–9). Only those who clothe themselves with
the robe of Christ’s righteousness will be able to stand firm in the final
crisis. How does one make his or her robes white and clean in the blood
of the Lamb (Rev. 7:14)?
143
i n s i d e
Story
Moses and Zimbabwe’s Police
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
The 26-year-old missionary gazed at the group of 50 Zimbabwean police
officers. The uniformed men and women had just participated in a colorful
parade in downtown Bulawayo, and they were waiting for him to speak.
Emmanuel Msimanga—a Global Mission pioneer assigned to the central
business district of Zimbabwe’s second-largest city—began to speak about
Moses.
“Even though Moses was in Egypt, he remembered that he was a Hebrew,”
he said. “Moses realized, ‘Even though I’m in Egypt, I’m not an Egyptian. I
don’t have to follow the ways of the land.’”
Emmanuel looked into earnest faces.
“Some people are amassing unjust gain. Do not follow that,” he said. “Live
a righteous life even though we live in a sinful world.”
Emmanuel, a 2017 theology graduate of Solusi University outside
Bulawayo, has a unique opportunity to share Christ. As a Global Mission
pioneer, he has been seeking ways to reach out to police officers, government
workers, and university students who live and work in his district. By simply
asking, he received permission to give a 30-minute devotional message at
training courses for local and regional officers.
Emmanuel had much more to say about Moses at the training course.
“Moses chose to suffer with the Israelites rather than enjoy the fleeting plea-
sures of sin for a season,” he said. Turning in his Bible to Hebrews 11:24, 25,
he read, “By faith Moses, when he was come to years, refused to be called the
son of Pharaoh’s daughter; choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people
of God, than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season.”
Police officers thanked Emmanuel afterward. “This is the devotional we
need,” said one. “It tells us things that we don’t want to hear but we must hear.”
“It was a word of rebuke and correction,” said another. “God blessed me
today.”
Emmanuel invited the officers to enroll in free Voice of Prophecy Bible
studies and gave each a book.
No police officers have requested baptism, but Emmanuel is sure that the
Holy Spirit is at work. After just two months of his Global Mission pioneer
work, five university students in his district were ready
for baptism.
As Emmanuel pushes ahead, he is eager to keep
preaching righteousness. “Like Moses, we must always
stand for the right, even though the tide of the time says
we should be corrupt,” he said.

Part of a 2015 Thirteenth Sabbath Offering went to Solusi University


to double the size of its crowded cafeteria from 500 seats to 1,000.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
144 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 15:4

Study Focus: Revelation 16 describes the seven last plagues (Rev. 15:1) of earth’s
history. Included in these plagues is the only mention of the exact title
“Armageddon” in the Bible.

Introduction: This section begins with the end-time people of God standing by
the sea of glass singing the song of Moses and the Lamb, an allusion to the
Exodus (Rev. 15:1–4). Then the seven plagues are introduced with a vision of
the heavenly temple emptied because of the glory of God, meaning the heav-
enly ministry of Christ has ended, the reversal of its original inauguration
(Rev. 15:5–8; compare Exod. 40:34, 35). This scene is close-of-probation
imagery. Seven angels were then told to pour out bowls of wrath upon the
earth one by one (Revelation 16).

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following themes:

I. God’s People Named by Many Names


Evidence of the text is that such names as remnant, 144,000, and saints all refer
to the same end-time group.

II. Why Plagues When No Repentance Will Result?

III. The Symbolic Meaning of the Euphrates River in Revelation 16:12

IV. Two Gospels in Revelation


The three angels (Rev. 14:6–12) and the three frogs (Rev. 16:13, 14) are
contrasting symbols of the gospel.

V. Cyrus the Persian and the Second Half of Revelation


A pagan king foreshadows the Messiah.

VI. The Meaning of Armageddon

Life Application: The “Life Application” section explores how the descrip-
tion of the battle of Armageddon in Revelation promotes spiritual prepa­
ration for the end time.

145
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


See “Introduction” of part I for a summary of Revelation 15 and 16.

Main Themes of Lesson 11 Elaborated:

I. God’s People Named by Many Names


We saw in the previous lesson of this teachers edition that God’s faith-
ful, end-time ones are called remnant in Revelation 12:17 and 144,000
in Revelation 14:1. The allusion to Joel 2:32 in Revelation 14:1 makes
it clear that John sees the two groups as the same. There is further
evidence in Revelation that the multiple names for God’s people all
refer to the same end-time group rather than multiple end-time groups.
The 144,000 and the great multitude appear to be opposites. As we
saw in the teachers edition for lesson 6 (see theme IV) there are two
views on this subject. God’s end-time people are called the 144,000
in Revelation 14:1 and “saints” in Revelation 14:12, but the “saints”
of all ages, especially those during the period of 1,260 days/years, are
described in Revelation 17:6. So God’s end-time people are called by
many names in Revelation: 144,000, remnant, and saints (Rev. 14:12).
They stand by the sea of glass (Rev. 15:2); they are the ones who keep
their garments (Rev. 16:15); and they are the ones who are called the
chosen and faithful followers of the Lamb (Rev. 17:14).

II. Why Plagues When No Repentance Will Result?


The deceptions and plagues of the final crisis expose the truth about
Satan and those who follow him (2  Thess. 2:10–12). It is not God’s
fault that the wicked are unredeemed. Neither the grace of God (Rom.
2:4) nor the plagues of the end time (Rev. 16:9, 11, 21) bring about
any repentance. The unredeemed are hardened in the course they have
chosen. Thus, even the destruction of the wicked glorifies the character
of God in the end (Rev. 15:3, 4). They have made themselves unsafe to
save, and, thus, God sadly lets them go (Hos. 11:7, 8). Even after the
millennium and a clear perspective on God’s character, nothing in their
character has changed (Rev. 20:7–10). The plagues expose their settled
unfitness for eternity and vindicate God’s judgment in each case.

III. The Symbolic Meaning of the Euphrates River in Revelation 16:12


What is the meaning of the Euphrates River in Revelation 16:12? We need
not remain in doubt when the text itself defines a symbol. Revelation 17:1
introduces an explanation of one of the bowl plagues, one that has some-
146
teachers comments

thing to do with water. It must be referring to the sixth plague, because the
woman who sits on the water is called Babylon (Rev. 17:5), and the “many
waters” of Babylon describe the Euphrates River (Jer. 51:13). The meaning
of the river is defined in Revelation 17:15. The waters of verse 1 represent
“peoples and multitudes and nations and languages” (ESV), in other words,
the civil and secular powers of the entire world. These powers give their
allegiance to Babylon for a short time (Rev. 17:3, 12, 13), creating a world-
wide, end-time confederacy in opposition to God and His end-time people.

IV. Two Gospels in Revelation


The three angels of Revelation 14:6–12 together proclaim the final
gospel message to the world. What many readers of Revelation have
missed is the counterfeit gospel also proclaimed to the world in
Revelation 16:13, 14. The dragon, the beast, and the false prophet
(the satanic triad of Revelation 13) each produce an unclean spirit like
a frog out of their mouths (Rev. 16:13). According to verse 14 these
frogs are the “spirits of demons” (NKJV) who go out to the kings of
the whole inhabited world to gather them for the battle of Armageddon
(see also Rev. 16:16). Demons are evil angels; thus, you have three
holy angels working through God’s remnant church presenting the
true gospel in chapter 14 and three evil angels presenting a counter-
feit gospel in chapters 13 and 16. Both “gospels” go out to the entire
world (Rev. 14:6, 16:14). This counterfeit gospel also is described in
2 Thessalonians 2:9–12 and Matthew 24:24–27. Those who do not rely
on the words of Scripture will be deceived in the final crisis.

V. Cyrus the Persian and the Second Half of Revelation


In Revelation 16:12, the drying up of the Euphrates, Babylon’s political
and military support system (Jer. 50:37, 38; Jer. 51:35, 36), prepares
the way for the kings from the east. This brief description recalls how
the armies of Cyrus came from the north and east of Babylon. His
engineers exca­vated a depression in the nearby landscape and diverted
the flow of the Euphrates River into that depression, allowing Cyrus’s
soldiers to march under the river gates into the city. Timing the diver-
sion to take advantage of a feast day inside the city, Cyrus’s soldiers
dis­covered that drunken guards had left open the gates along the river­
bank. The soldiers poured into the city, conquering it and killing its
ruler, Belshazzar (as described in Daniel 5). In the months and years
that followed, Cyrus initiated a process in which the scattered remnant
of Israel were encouraged to go back home and rebuild the temple and
the city of Jerusalem.
147
teachers comments

Notice the total sequence once more: In Old Testament times, Cyrus,
king of Persia, dried up the literal Euphrates River in order to conquer
Babylon and to let Israel go free. This narrative clearly sets the foundation
for the last portion of the book of Revelation. In the book of Revelation,
the waters of the end-time River Euphrates are dried up to make way for
an end-time Cyrus (the “kings from the east”) who conquers end-time
Babylon to deliver end-time Israel! The funda­mental narrative substruc-
ture of the battle of Armageddon is grounded in the Old Testament story
of Cyrus and Babylon’s fall.

VI. The Meaning of Armageddon


The word “Armageddon” is really Har-Magedon in the Greek. Revelation
16:16 explains that the word is based on the Hebrew. In Hebrew har means
mountain. So the most natural meaning of Armageddon is “Mountain of
Megiddo.” The problem is that there is no mountain in the whole world
named Megiddo. There are waters of Megiddo (Judg. 5:19), a valley of
Megiddo (2 Chron. 35:22), and a city of Megiddo (1 Kings 9:15). Others
suggest “mountain of slaughter” (based on Zech. 12:11) or “mount of
assembly” (echoing Isa. 14:13, ESV).
The Anchor Bible Dictionary concludes that the best explanation of
Har-Magedon is to associate it with the mountain that looms over the
waters, valley, and city of Megiddo—Mount Carmel. Mount Carmel is the
place where Elijah called fire down from heaven to earth to demonstrate
who the true God is (Rev. 13:13, 14). In the last days of earth’s history,
there will be a showdown between the true God (Revelation 4, 5) and the
counterfeit trio (Rev. 16:13, 14); between the three angels (Rev. 14:6–12)
and the three frogs. In that final contest, the fire will fall on the wrong
altar (Rev. 13:13, 14), but the true God will be vindicated in the end (Rev.
15:3, 4).

Part III: Life Application


1. In the midst of the battle of Armageddon account (Rev. 16:13–16) is
a blessing on the one who keeps watch and hangs on to his clothes
(Rev. 16:15). In lesson 3, theme V, we saw that this reference is a
clear allusion to Revelation 3:18, the warning of Christ to Laodicea.
There is, therefore, a clear connection between the Laodicean

148
teachers comments

church and God’s final call to the world in the context of


Armageddon. The church that will pass through the final crisis
of earth’s history is seriously flawed—but very much the object
of Jesus’ solicitude and will overcome at last (Rev. 3:21). This
paradox should be a source of both warning and encouragement
to God’s people today.

2. In one single verse (Rev. 16:15), John brings together a variety


of New Testament appeals in light of the end. Both “I am coming
like a thief” (NASB) and “Blessed is the one who stays awake”
(NASB) echo statements of Jesus that are further echoed by
Paul (Matt. 24:42–44, Luke 12:37–39, 1 Thess. 5:1–6). All three of
these texts are about readiness for the coming of Jesus. By echo-
ing these concepts in the middle of the battle of Armageddon,
the book of Revelation makes it clear that now is the time to
heed the warning so as not to be on the wrong side then. It is
our spiritual task to keep watch over our hearts, thoughts, and
behavior—and to remain faithful no matter the deception or the
coercion we may face. There is a need for both faithful endur-
ance and discernment, fortified with the words of Jesus, of Paul,
and of Jesus to Laodicea. When we choose to be faithful today in
the midst of various temptations, we are being prepared for even
greater battles at the end of time.

149
L esson 12 *March 16–22
(page 92 of Standard Edition)

Judgment on Babylon

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Revelation 17, Jer. 51:13,
Exod. 28:36–38, Rev. 13:1–8, Rev. 13:18, Rev. 16:2–12.

Memory Text: “And I heard another voice from heaven saying,


‘Come out of her, my people, lest you share in her sins, and lest you
receive of her plagues. For her sins have reached to heaven, and God
has remembered her iniquities’ ” (Revelation 18:4, 5, NKJV).

T he sixth plague causes the symbolic drying up of the Euphrates, as


the disillusioned people of the world withdraw their popular sup-
port from end-time Babylon. As we saw in last week’s lesson, the
shattering of her power will be preceeded by extensive demonic activities
counterfeiting the work of God (Rev. 16:13, 14). The demonic activity
will be successful in uniting the wicked in preparation for the battle of
Armageddon.
At the outset of the final battle, a great earthquake occurs as part of the
seventh plague. The earthquake shatters the unity of Babylon and splits it
into three parts (Rev. 16:18, 19). End-time Babylon is portrayed as a city,
signifying the short-term union of the political and religious powers of
the world in opposition to God’s people. This unity is shattered, causing
the breakup of end-time Babylon.
We must keep in mind that Revelation 16:19 only anounces the political
collapse of end-time Babylon. Chapters 17 and 18 tell us how this collapse
actually will happen. Before describing the demise of end-time Babylon and
the reasons for its fall (Rev. 17:12–18:24), Revelation 17 describes this end-
time apostate religious system, this time in terms of a harlot riding a scarlet
beast. In association with her daughters, the harlot Babylon, riding the scarlet
beast, seduces the world against God (Rev. 17:1–11).
* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, March 23.
150
S unday March 17
(page 93 of Standard Edition)

The Harlot Babylon


Read Revelation 17:1. Jeremiah 51:13 shows that the “many waters”
upon which Babylon sits are the river Euphrates. According to
Revelation 17:15, what do many waters symbolize?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
A woman in the Bible is a symbol for God’s people. In Revelation,
God’s true church is portrayed as a pure woman (Rev. 12:1, 22:17).
A harlot thus represents a false apostate church. In Revelation 17:5,
this harlot is identified as Babylon the Great. Just as ancient Babylon
depended on the Euphrates River for its existence, so will end-time
Babylon rely on the support of the masses to enforce her plans.

Read Revelation 17:2 along with Revelation 14:8 and Revelation


18:2, 3. What two groups of people are specified as being involved
in an illicit relationship with, and being seduced by, end-time
Babylon?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The first group is the kings of the earth, the governing political pow-
ers. They are portrayed as being engaged in an adulterous relationship
with the harlot Babylon. In the Old Testament, the language of forni-
cation is used frequently to describe how apostate Israel turned away
from God to false religions (Isa. 1:21, Jer. 3:1–10). The adulterous
relationship between the kings of the earth and the harlot symbolizes
an illicit union between end-time Babylon and the governing political
powers—a union of church and state.
The second group in an illicit relationship with the harlot Babylon
is the inhabitants of the earth, the governed masses. These are made
spiritually drunk with the wine of Babylon’s fornication. In contrast to
the governing political powers, the general populace is intoxicated by
Babylon’s false teachings and practices, deceived into thinking that she
can protect them. When people are drunk, they do not think clearly and
are controlled easily (see Isa. 28:7). The whole world, with the excep-
tion of a faithful remnant, will be led astray by Babylon.

In the very end, as today, and as has always been the case, the masses
of the people get it wrong. What should this tell us about the dangers
of following popular sentiment, no matter how popular?

151
M onday March 18
(page 94 of Standard Edition)

The Harlot Riding on the Scarlet Beast


Read Revelation 17:3. One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls
filled with the seven last plagues offers to show John the judgment of
the harlot who sat on many waters. When John sees her, she is riding the
scarlet beast. In what ways do the symbols of water and beast suitably
describe the supporters of Babylon?

As John is carried in vision into the wilderness, he sees a woman on


a scarlet beast. While the harlot represents a religious entity, the beast
symbolizes a political power. The picture of religion riding the secular
and political powers points to two separate entities, something that was
not the case in the past, when religion and politics were integrated. The
prophecy shows, however, that these two entities will join together at the
end time. The concept of riding a beast denotes dominance; as the rider of
the scarlet beast, this end-time religious system will dominate the secular
and political powers.

Which characteristics of the harlot point to the dragon, the sea beast,
and the beast coming out of the earth in Revelation 12 and 13?

The harlot is pictured as extravagantly arrayed in purple and scarlet


and adorned with ornaments of gold, precious stones, and pearls; such
adornment was a practice of harlots in antiquity to enhance their power
of seduction (Jer. 4:30). As the color of blood, scarlet corresponds to
the oppressive character of this religious system.
The harlot’s dress counterfeits the attire of the high priest in the
Old Testament, attire that included the colors purple, scarlet, and gold
(Exod. 28:5, 6). The blasphemous inscription on the harlot’s forehead
also replaces the priestly inscription, “Holiness to the Lord” on
the miter of the high priest (Exod. 28:36–38). The cup in her hand
reminds us of the vessels of the sanctuary from which Belshazzar,
king of Babylon, and his guests drank wine (Dan. 5:2–4). The cup in
the harlot’s hand uses the appearance of truth to conceal the wine—the
falsehoods of Satan’s end-time religious system—in order to seduce the
world away from God.
The harlot Babylon is further described as drunk with the blood of the
saints and the martyrs of Jesus who died as a result of their witness to
Christ. This bloodguiltiness links end-time Babylon to medieval apostate
Christianity, which was led by the papacy and responsible for the deaths
of millions of Christians who remained faithful to the gospel.

The description of the harlot Babylon reflects the image of


Jezebel in the church of Thyatira (see Rev. 2:20–23). How do the
parallels between these two women elucidate the character of
end-time Babylon?
152
T uesday March 19
(page 95 of Standard Edition)

The Identification of the Scarlet Beast


Revelation 17:3 describes the scarlet beast in terms similar to the
sea beast of Revelation 13, which made war with, and overcame, God’s
people (Rev. 13:5–7). It was this earlier period of persecution that
caused the pure woman to flee into the wilderness during the prophetic
period of 1,260 days/years, from a.d. 538 to 1798 (Rev. 12:13, 14).
Though living in an age of ecumenism, Protestants would do well to
remember the terrible persecution of the past, because, according to
prophecy, something similar, but only worse, will happen again.

Read Revelation 17:8. Compare the wording of this verse with


Revelation 13:8. How does Revelation 13:3 clarify the three phases
of the existence and activities of the beast?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
The scarlet beast is identified as the one that was, and is not, and will
ascend out of the bottomless pit and go to perdition. This tripartite phrase
is, first of all, a counterfeit of the divine name, Yahweh—“who is and who
was and who is to come” (Rev. 1:4, NKJV; see also Rev. 4:8). It also further
points to the three phases of existence through which the beast has passed:
(1) The beast “was.” It existed in the past. Its prior activities lasted for
the prophetic period of 42 months, also known as 1,260 days/years (see
Rev. 13:5 and Lesson 9, Sunday).
(2) “Is not.” With its deadly wound (see Rev. 13:3), the beast went
into its nonexistence phase, at least, as a persecutor, in 1798. It van-
ished for some time from the world scene; yet it survived.
(3) Finally, with the healing of the deadly wound, the beast will
regain its power and exert it in full satanic rage.
Revelation 17 describes the beast of Revelation 13:1–8 at the time
of the healing of its deadly wound. Upon this revived beast, the harlot
Babylon sits, as well. Once again there will be a short-lived union of
religion and politics as it existed during the Middle Ages, and persecu-
tion again will take place.

“Let opposition arise, let bigotry and intolerance again bear sway,
let persecution be kindled, and the half-hearted and hypocritical
will waver and yield the faith; but the true Christian will stand
firm as a rock, his faith stronger, his hope brighter, than in days of
prosperity.”—Ellen G. White, The Great Controversy, p. 602. What
warning should we take from these words about what our Christian
experience needs to be now, even before final events unfold?

_____________________________________________________
153
W ednesday March 20
(page 96 of Standard Edition)

The Seven Heads of the Beast


Read Revelation 17:9–11 along with Revelation 13:18. The require-
ment for understanding the seven heads is a mind of wisdom. What
kind of wisdom is in view here? How does one obtain this divinely
imparted wisdom (see James 1:5)?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The angel explains that the seven heads are seven mountains. Some
translators think that these mountains allude to the seven hills upon
which the city of Rome is situated, and for this reason, they translate the
Greek word oroi (“mountains”) as “hills.” There are seven kings, too,
who are symbolized by the seven mountains. Also, these mountains are
successive, not simultaneous.
These mountains do not symbolize individual kings, because
Revelation does not deal with individual persons but with systems.
In the Bible, mountains often symbolize world powers or empires
(Jer. 51:25; Ezek. 35:2, 3). In biblical prophecy “kings” represent
kingdoms (see Dan. 2:37–39, Dan. 7:17). Thus, the seven moun-
tains symbolize seven great successive empires that dominated the
world throughout history, through which Satan opposed God and
harmed God’s people.
From John’s time perspective, five of these empires have fallen, one
is, and the other has not yet come. While no single view has been agreed
upon by all Adventist interpreters, many hold that the five that have fallen
are the great kingdoms that in Old Testament times dominated and (on
occasion) harmed God’s people: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Media-Persia,
and Greece. The “one is” kingdom was the Roman Empire of John’s time.
The seventh kingdom that “has not yet come” is the sea beast of
Revelation 13—the papacy, which dominated and harmed God’s
people—that was to come after the time of John and after the fall of
the pagan Roman Empire. History has powerfully attested to the truth
of this prophecy, written many centuries before the events unfolded.
John is further told that the scarlet beast is an eighth world power,
although it is one of the seven heads (world powers). Which of the
seven? Because these heads are sequential in time, the eighth must be
the seventh head that received the deadly wound. It is at the time of this
eighth world power that the scarlet beast appears, carrying and advanc-
ing the goals of the harlot Babylon. Today, we live at the time of the
healing of the deadly wound. This eighth world power will appear on
the scene right before the end and will go to perdition.

154
T hursday March 21
(page 97 of Standard Edition)

The Judgment of Babylon


Read Revelation 17:12–15 along with Revelation 16:14–16. What do
you learn from these texts about the “ten kings”?
_____________________________________________________
Different interpretations have been offered regarding the identities
of the ten kings. However, Revelation does not tell us who they are.
All we can derive from the text is that they are a short-lived political
confederacy appearing right before the end and supporting the harlot.
Their number signifies that the world powers will render total, unwaver-
ing allegiance to the beast.
Revelation 17:13, 14 reiterates in a nutshell the battle of
Armageddon—introduced in Revelation 16:12–16. Induced by miracle-
working demonic powers in conjunction with the dragon, the sea beast,
and the false prophet, the worldwide political confederacy will make
war with the Lamb. In other words, the battle of Armageddon is not a
military battle in the Middle East but the final conflict of the Second
Coming in which Satan and his confederacy fight against Christ and
His angelic host.

Read Revelation 17:16–18. From what we saw in Revelation 16:2–12,


what lies behind the ten kings’ change of attitude toward Babylon?
Who is behind what happens to Babylon?
_____________________________________________________
Filled with hatred, the ten horns, which are the successor powers to the
divided nations of Europe, suddenly turn against the harlot Babylon (the
end-time manifestation of the papacy), making her desolate and naked;
they symbolically will eat her flesh and burn her with fire. In writing
about what will happen to the harlot Babylon, John employs language
similar to what God said would happen to adulterous Jerusalem (Jer.
4:30). Burning by fire was the punishment for a priest’s daughter who
was involved in sexual immorality (Lev. 21:9). The deceived political
powers have become disillusioned because of the inability of Babylon to
protect them from the plagues. They feel deceived and, in hostility, attack
her. This end-time apostate religious system, together with all those who
choose to identify themselves with it, experiences the fullness of divine
judgment.

A lot of questions about end-time events still remain unanswered


and, thus, can seem confusing to us now. What specific promise
is given in Revelation 17:14, and what should this promise mean
to us?

155
F riday March 22
(page 98 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Before the full moral collapse of Babylon, a voice


from heaven urges God’s people still in Babylon to “ ‘Come out of her,
my people’ ” (Rev. 18:4). There are many worshipers of God who are
still in Babylon for various reasons. God uses His end-time church
to call these people out from this apostate religious system and not
to participate in its sins. They must come out of it in order to escape
its fate. God does not want anyone to perish (2 Pet. 3:9). Revelation
19:1–10 shows that many God-fearing people in Babylon will respond
to the call. Think, then, about the tremendous responsibility that rests
upon us as God’s remnant church. What should this responsibility tell
us about our need of God’s truth in our hearts and the outpouring of the
Holy Spirit in our lives?

Discussion Questions:
 As Revelation 18:4 shows, there are many God-fearing people
in Babylon whom God calls “ ‘my people.’ ” Reflect on the follow-
ing statement: “This message must be given, but while it must be
given, we should be careful not to thrust and crowd and condemn
those who have not the light that we have. We should not go out
of our way to make hard thrusts at the Catholics. Among the
Catholics there are many who are most conscientious Christians,
and who walk in all the light that shines upon them, and God
will work in their behalf. Those who have had great privileges
and opportunities, and who have failed to improve their physical,
mental, and moral powers, . . . are in greater danger and in greater
condemnation before God than those who are in error upon doc-
trinal points, yet who seek to live to do good to others.”—Ellen G.
White, Evangelism, p. 575. What should this thought tell us about
how to treat others?

 Revelation 17 describes a harlot sitting on a scarlet beast.


While the woman in chapter 12 symbolizes God’s faithful church,
the one in chapter 17 refers to an apostate church seducing the
world away from God. In your view, what are the similarities and
differences between them? More important, what can we learn
from this comparison?

 The texts this week portray a very dismal state of the religious
and political world during the final stages before Christ’s victori-
ous return. What should this tell us about why it’s so important
right now that we stay faithful, true, and pure to the message that
God has given us? Read Revelation 16:15, an appeal for faithful-
ness amid the depiction of worldwide apostasy. How can we apply
this warning to ourselves right now?

156
i n s i d e
Story
Rethinking Evolution
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Stan Hudson’s world was turned upside down at the age of 19 when his
geology professor at the University of California announced that he believed
in God. The professor turned out to be a theistic evolutionist, a person who
believes that God exists but that the Earth was created through millions of
years of evolution.
The stance struck Stan, a budding scientist, as illogical. How could the
professor put God, if He existed, in a secondary rather than primary position?
Stan also was puzzled with the notion that an all-powerful God could be the
source of death. Theistic evolution teaches that death was part of God’s origi-
nal plan. Generations of animals had to die over millions of years to produce
the creatures that inhabit the Earth today.
But Stan was most upset with the realization that scientists were not as
open-minded as he had thought, and any scientist who questioned evolution
would face a major fight. He didn’t want to fight, so he quit the university.
Six months passed. One day, Stan’s roommate, David L. Friend, asked for a
Bible. Stan found one in his room, blew the dust off the cover, and gave it to
David to read. Seeing David reading the Bible impressed Stan, and soon he
began to read it, too.
After a while, Stan decided to pray. He knelt by his bed and said, “Dear God,
it looks like David and I are looking for You. Will You help us?”
The prayer, Stan later said, was probably the most powerful prayer that
Heaven has ever heard from him.
Over the next few weeks, God grew bigger and bigger as He answered
small prayers, Stan said. For example, once Stan told David, “Let’s sell our
sofa,” and immediately they heard a knock on the door. Outside, a neighbor
asked, “Excuse me, do you have a sofa for sale?”
“A lot of little things like that delighted us,” Stan said. “We realized God
could see us and was involved in our lives.”
Stan became an Adventist pastor and served for 38 years in California,
Idaho, and Washington State. He never lost his love for science and has
been an outspoken advocate of the biblical six-day
Creation week on Hope Channel and 3ABN. He
now directs the North Pacific Union Conference’s
Creation Study Center in Ridgefield, Washington.
“Adventists are pretty much the last Creation-
believing denomination, and I am proud to be asso-
ciated with it,” he said. “It’s our mission specifically
to preach about the God ‘who made heaven and
earth, the sea and springs of water.’ I like to turn up
the volume on the first angel’s message.”

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org. 157
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 17:14

Study Focus: Revelation 17 and 18 focus on the fall of end-time Babylon in


the closing days of earth’s history.

Introduction: Revelation 17 describes the rise and fall of end-time Babylon as


symbolized by a woman, the great harlot (Rev. 17:18). Revelation 18 also
describes the fall of Babylon, but this time the description is couched in the
image of the great city (Rev. 18:10, 16, 18, 19).

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. Three Worldwide, End-Time Alliances


The multiple symbols of Revelation’s end time coalesce into three great, world-
wide alliances that take place in the following arenas: (1) religion, (2) govern-
ment or secular/political power, and (3) the collective body of the “saints.”

II. The Difference Between Visions and Their Explanations


In a vision, the prophet can be taken to any time and any place, but explanations
of the vision to the prophet are given from the perspective of the time and place
of the prophet.

III. The Identity of the Seven Kings of Revelation 17:10


In order to understand the identity of the seven kings of Revelation 17:10, one
must determine the time of the sixth king.

IV. The Narrative of Revelation 17


Summary of end-time events in light of theme I

Life Application: The “Life Application” section explores how we should


treat Christians of other faiths since we know that God has many faithful
followers who have not yet heard the message to come out of Babylon.
It also explores the similarities and substantial differences between the
women of Revelation 12 and 17 and readiness of God’s people for the
Second Coming.

158
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


In Revelation 17 and 18, Babylon gains the support of the secular/
political powers of the world for its war against the saints (Rev. 17:6),
but eventually they turn on Babylon and destroy her (Rev. 17:16).
Revelation 18 expresses the secular powers’ threefold regret for having
done so (Rev. 18:9–19). While the fall of Babylon is mourned by the
world, it brings rejoicing to the saints (Rev. 18:20).

Main Themes of Lesson 12 Elaborated:

I. Three Worldwide, End-Time Alliances


Revelation 16–18 contains a bewildering array of images describing end-
time powers and groupings. But upon careful analysis, it becomes evident
that many of these images are different ways of describing the same thing.
For example, the seven heads of the beast also are described as seven
mountains and seven kings (Rev. 17:9, 10). Likewise, the great harlot
(Rev. 17:1) is clearly the same as the woman who rides the beast (Rev.
17:3), as well as Babylon the Great (Rev. 17:5). We have noticed earlier,
in lesson 11 (theme I), that God’s people also are named by many names
in the book of Revelation.
The variety of images in these chapters can all be linked to three
great, worldwide alliances that develop in the final period of earth’s
history.
1. There is a great, worldwide alliance of religious institutions that
join together in opposition to God and His faithful people. This alli­
ance is named by many names: Babylon, the great harlot, the great
city, and the woman that rides the beast.
2. There is a great, worldwide alliance of secular, political, and mili­
tary powers. This alliance also is named by many names in Revelation:
the kings of the whole inhabited world (Rev. 16:14), the cities of the
nations (Rev. 16:19), the kings of the earth, the earth dwellers (Rev.
17:2), the beast (Rev. 17:3), the seven heads, the seven mountains, the
seven kings (Rev. 17:9, 10), and the 10 horns (Rev. 17:12, 13). These
secular powers also are represented by the kings (Rev. 18:9), mer-
chants (Rev. 18:11), and seafarers (Rev. 18:17) of chapter 18.
3. There also is a worldwide, end-time alliance of the saints, which
has the following names: the sealed (Rev. 7:1–3); the 144,000 (Rev.
7:4–8); the remnant (Rev. 12:17); the saints (Rev. 14:12); those who
keep their garments (Rev. 16:15); and the called, chosen, and faithful
followers of the Lamb (Rev. 17:14). In theme IV, we will briefly explore
the narrative of these three alliances in the final days of earth’s history.

159 159
teachers comments

II. The Difference Between Visions and Their Explanations


In apocalyptic prophecy, there is an important distinction between
visions and explanations. In a vision, the prophet can travel anywhere
in the universe and to any point of time. The events of the vision are not
necessarily located in the prophet’s time and place. But when the vision
is explained afterward, the explanation always comes in the time, place,
and circumstances of the prophet.
For example, in Daniel 2, Nebuchadnezzar is taken down to the end
of time in his vision of the great image and the stone that became a great
mountain that fills the whole earth (Dan. 2:31–36). The explanation of
the vision by Daniel, however, is firmly grounded in the time and place of
Nebuchadnezzar. It begins with a straightforward, unambigu­ous assertion,
“You are this head of gold” (Dan. 2:38, NKJV). Nebuchadnezzar is then
told that the series of kingdoms that follow are “after you” (Dan. 2:39,
NKJV) in point of time.
As was the case with Daniel 2, the apocalyptic prophecy of Daniel 7
also is divided into two parts: the vision (Dan. 7:2–14, 21, 22) and expla-
nations of the vision (Dan. 7:15–20, 23–27). Even though Daniel experi­
enced all elements of the vision, including the final events, the explana­
tion clarifies that the vision is essentially about the future experi­ence of
Daniel’s people (Dan. 7:17, 18, 23–27). The same pattern can be seen in
Daniel 8 and Zechariah 4.
Prophets don’t usually seem to understand a revelation from visions
alone. An explana­tion is necessary for the revelation to be understood.
Because that explanation is given for the benefit of the prophet, it is
based on the time, place, and circumstances in which the seer lives. This
principle has profound implications for the interpretation of difficult
apocalyptic texts, such as Revelation 17:7–11, as we will see in theme III.

III. The Identity of the Seven Kings of Revelation 17:10


Theme II helps us solve one of the most vexing problems in the whole
book of Revelation. Who are the seven kings of Revelation 17:10? They
are clearly sequential, but where do they begin, and when is the “one is”
of the angel’s description? Is it a power in John’s day, one at the very end
of time, or is it located somewhere else in the course of history?
One popular option is to see the seven kings as seven consecutive
popes. The sequence usually begins with the year 1929, when Mussolini
restored Vatican City to the sovereignty of the church, and ends with the
very last pope of earth’s history. This view has frequently suggested that
a current pope is either the last or the next to last. So this view has led
people into date setting.
A second view is quite popular among Seventh-day Adventist scholars.
160
teachers comments

It suggests that the time of the sixth king (the “one is” of Revelation 17:10)
is the time from 1798 to 1929, when the papacy had no temporal power.
The five fallen kings then would be Babylon, Persia, Greece, Rome, and the
medieval papacy. The one that is would be the time that the church had no
temporal power. The seventh king would be today, the restored Vatican power.
But theme II above would rule out both options if applied here. The pas-
sage about the seven kings is not in the vision (Rev. 17:3–6); it is in the
explanation of the vision (Rev. 17:7–18). So the “one is” king or kingdom
would have to be present at the time John himself received the vision in order
for it to make sense. If the “one is” kingdom is the pagan Roman Empire of
John’s day (that is, the sixth kingdom), then the five who are “fallen” are the
superpowers of the Old Testament world: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Persia,
and Greece. The seventh kingdom is the medieval Roman papacy, and the
“eighth” kingdom (Rev. 17:11), which is one of the seven, would be the
revived Roman papacy—the Babylon of Revelation 17, which includes the
other two members of the satanic triad (the “dragon” of paganism/spiritualism
and the “false prophet” of apostate Protestantism). This globalized form of
Babylon riding the scarlet beast of secular political power is still in the future.

IV. The Narrative of Revelation 17


As we saw in theme I, there are three worldwide alliances that develop in
the end time: an alliance of the saints composed of an enlarged remnant
church that includes those who have come out of Babylon to join them,
an alliance of religious institutions, and an alliance of secular political
powers. The last two alliances are precipitated by the final, worldwide
proclamation of the gospel by the remnant (Rev. 14:6, 7; Rev. 18:1–4).
Through the counterfeit gospel “inspired” by the demonic angels (Rev.
16:13, 14), Babylon (the satanic triad [Rev. 16:19]) gathers the secular/
political powers of the world to its side (Rev. 16:14, 16). She “rides”
the beast (Rev. 17:2–7). For a short time, united institutions of religion
dominate the world’s governments, turning their fury against the saints
(Rev. 17:6, 13:15–17). But the drying up of the Euphrates (Rev. 16:12)
symbolically portrays the time when the secular/political powers that sup-
ported the harlot Babylon turn on her and destroy her (Rev. 17:16). God
saves His end-time remnant from destruction (Rev. 17:14). After the fall
of Babylon, the secular powers of the world meet their end at the Second
Coming (Rev. 19:17–21).

161
teachers comments

Part III: Life Application


In a passage completely focused on the events of the end time, life
appli­cations can be difficult to find. The following suggestions may
be helpful.

1. What are the implications for us today since we know that as God’s
faithful remnant people we are to call His other faithful people out of
Babylon (Rev. 18:4)? The realization that end-time Babylon has a
superficial Christian face should not lead us to be deceived about
its true nature as God’s principal end-time enemy. Nevertheless,
while the religious leaders and zealots both opposed the mission
of Jesus, He always dealt graciously with individual representa-
tives of those groups (Luke 6:15, Mark 12:28–34).

2. What can we learn from the descriptions of the women of Revelation


12 and 17? There are some similarities between the women
of Revelation 12 and 17. Both are religious in nature (harlot
Babylon symbolizes a false form of Christianity). But the woman
of chapter 12 is God’s faithful church throughout history, includ-
ing the period of Christian history during the 1,260 days/years
and thereafter known as the remnant of the woman’s seed. What
causes John amazement (Rev. 17:6) is that the end-time oppo-
nent of God and His people also is a woman and thereby wears a
Christian face! Individually, this fact should sober all who follow
Jesus. Pride and stubbornness can lead any of us to destruction,
even when we think we are following God (John 16:2).

162
L esson 13 *March 23–29
(page 100 of Standard Edition)

“I Make All Things New”

Sabbath Afternoon
Read for This Week’s Study: Rev. 19:6–9, John 14:1–3,
Rev. 19:11–16, Rev. 20:1–3, Jer. 4:23–26, Rev. 20:4–6, Rev. 21:2–8.

Memory Text: “Then He who sat on the throne said, ‘Behold, I


make all things new.’ And He said to me, ‘Write, for these words are
true and faithful’ ” (Revelation 21:5, NKJV).

T
he destruction of end-time Babylon is bad news for those who
collaborated with this apostate religious system. For God’s
people, however, it is good news (Rev. 19:1–7). Babylon was
responsible for inducing the secular political powers to persecute and
harm them (Rev. 18:24). The destruction of this great adversary means
deliverance and salvation for God’s faithful people.
With the destruction of Babylon, the prayer of God’s people in the
scene of the fifth seal is ultimately answered. Their cry, “How long, O
Lord?” (Rev. 6:10) represents the cry of God’s oppressed and suffering
people from Abel to the time when God will finally vindicate them (Ps.
79:5; Hab. 1:2; Dan. 12:6, 7). The book of Revelation assures God’s
people that evil, oppression, and suffering will come to an end.
It is now time for Christ to usher in His everlasting kingdom. The
remaining chapters of Revelation describe not just the destruction of
end-time Babylon but also the destruction of Satan and all evil. We get
glimpses, too, of the establishment of God’s everlasting kingdom.

* Study this week’s lesson to prepare for Sabbath, March 30.

163
S unday March 24
(page 101 of Standard Edition)

The Wedding Supper of the Lamb


Read Revelation 19:6–9 along with John 14:1–3. How does a wedding
supper appropriately illustrate the long-awaited union between
Christ and His people?
_____________________________________________________
Two thousand years ago, Christ left His heavenly home to invite His
followers to a wedding supper (Matt. 22:1–14) that will take place after
His marriage to His bride. “The marriage represents the reception by
Christ of His kingdom. The Holy City, the New Jerusalem, . . . is called
‘the bride, the Lamb’s wife.’. . . In the Revelation the people of God are
said to be the guests at the marriage supper. Revelation 19:9. If guests,
they cannot be represented also as the bride. . . .
“In the parable of Matthew 22 the same figure of the marriage is
introduced, and the investigative judgment is clearly represented as tak-
ing place before the marriage. Previous to the wedding the king comes
in to see the guests, to see if all are attired in the wedding garment,
the spotless robe of character washed and made white in the blood of
the Lamb. Matthew 22:11; Revelation 7:14.”—Ellen G. White, The
Great Controversy, pp. 426–428. After His death and resurrection, the
Bridegroom returned to His Father’s house to “prepare a place” for His
people, His wedding guests (see John 14:1–3). They remain on earth
preparing for His return. At the end of the world, He will come back and
take them to His Father’s house.
Revelation 19:8 states that the fine and clean linen was given to the
bride by Christ. This apparel shows that the wedding guests who enter the
city do not claim any merit for their deeds. Thus, the “fine linen, clean
and bright” represents “the righteous acts of the saints” (NKJV), acts
that came as a result of their union with Christ, who lives in them. Thus,
these robes symbolize His righteousness and that His people “keep the
commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus” (Rev. 14:12). While on
earth, Jesus told a parable about a wedding. However, one of the guests
preferred to wear his own attire instead of the wedding garment provided
by the king, and he was expelled from the wedding (Matt. 22:1–14).
Revelation 3:18 shows that the robe of Christ’s righteousness, the
gold of faith and love, and the eye salve of the Holy Spirit are the
greatest needs of God’s people living at the time of the end. Jesus’
offer that the Laodiceans “buy” these gifts from Him shows us that
He asks for something in exchange for what He offers us. We give up
self-sufficiency and trust in ourselves in exchange for a life of faithful
obedience to Christ and trust in Him as our only hope of salvation.

We are not saved by our works, but what “righteous acts” do you
do that define the life that you are living?

164
M onday March 25
(page 102 of Standard Edition)

Armageddon Ends
Read Revelation 19:11–16. What is the name of the rider of the white
horse, and what does it mean that a sharp sword comes from His
mouth? What does this tell us about how to be on the winning side
in the end?
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
What we see here is a depiction of Christ’s second coming, the
fulfillment of the promise that believers in all ages have been long-
ing for. Like Jesus, His people have based their faith on God’s Word.
Revelation 19:11–16 is the culmination of Jesus’ many victories: Jesus
defeated Satan in heaven; He defeated Satan in the wilderness; He
defeated him at the cross; and He will defeat him at His return.
“Soon there appears in the east a small black cloud, about half the
size of a man’s hand. It is the cloud which surrounds the Saviour and
which seems in the distance to be shrouded in darkness. The people
of God know this to be the sign of the Son of man. In solemn silence
they gaze upon it as it draws nearer the earth, becoming lighter and
more glorious, until it is a great white cloud, its base a glory like
consuming fire, and above it the rainbow of the covenant. Jesus rides
forth as a mighty conqueror. Not now a ‘Man of Sorrows,’ to drink the
bitter cup of shame and woe, He comes, victor in heaven and earth,
to judge the living and the dead. ‘Faithful and True,’ ‘in righteousness
He doth judge and make war.’ And ‘the armies which were in heaven’
(Revelation 19:11, 14) follow Him. With anthems of celestial melody
the holy angels, a vast, unnumbered throng, attend Him on His way.
The firmament seems filled with radiant forms—‘ten thousand times
ten thousand, and thousands of thousands.’ No human pen can portray
the scene; no mortal mind is adequate to conceive its splendor.”—Ellen
G. White, The Great Controversy, pp. 640, 641.
In 2 Thessalonians 1:8–10, Paul gives another depiction of the ulti-
mate victory of Christ at the Second Coming, when all the secular and
religious powers, which had conspired against Him, are destroyed, and
His people are delivered for all eternity.

Revelation 19 describes two suppers, one in verse 9 and another


in verses 17 and 18. At one supper you eat, at the other you get
eaten. It’s hard to imagine a starker contrast of what’s at stake in
the whole great controversy for every human being. What should
this imagery teach us about how seriously we need to take our
faith and the mission that our faith calls us to participate in?

_____________________________________________________
165
T uesday March 26
(page 103 of Standard Edition)

The Millennium
Read Revelation 20:1–3 along with Jeremiah 4:23–26. During the mil-
lennium, what is the state of the earth? In what way is Satan bound
by chains?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The 1,000 years (or millennium) begin with the second coming of
Christ. At this time, Satan and his fallen angels are chained. The chain-
ing of Satan is symbolic, because spiritual beings cannot be physically
bound. Satan is bound by circumstances. The plagues have desolated the
earth and killed off its evil inhabitants, bringing it into a chaotic condi-
tion resembling the earth before Creation (Gen. 1:2). In such a state, the
earth functions as Satan’s prison during the millennium. Because there
are no human beings to tempt and harm, all that Satan and his demonic
associates can do is contemplate the consequences of their rebellion
against God.

Read Revelation 20:4–6. Where are the redeemed during the millen-
nium?
_____________________________________________________
Revelation shows that God’s people will spend the millennium in the
heavenly places that Christ prepared for them (see John 14:1–3). John
sees them sitting on thrones as kings and priests, judging the world.
Jesus promised the disciples that they would “ ‘sit upon twelve thrones,
judging the twelve tribes of Israel’ ” (Matt. 19:28). Paul stated that the
saints would judge the world (1 Cor. 6:2, 3).
This judgment concerns the fairness of God’s actions. Throughout
history Satan has raised doubts concerning God’s character and His deal-
ings with the beings He created. During the millennium, God allows the
redeemed to access the records of history in order to find answers to all
questions concerning the fairness of His decisions regarding those who
were lost, as well as questions dealing with His leading in their own
lives. At the conclusion of the millennium, all questions regarding God’s
justice are forever settled. God’s people are able to see beyond a shadow
of doubt that Satan’s accusations were unfounded. They are now ready
to witness the administration of God’s justice at the final judgment of
the lost.

Who among us doesn’t have questions, hard questions, that


for now seem to have no answers? What does it tell us about the
character of God that, one day, He will give us the answers?
166
W ednesday March 27
(page 104 of Standard Edition)

“A New Heaven and a New Earth”


After the eradication of sin, the earth will be transformed into the
home of the redeemed. What will it be like?
In Revelation 21:1, John saw “a new heaven and a new earth.” The
Bible refers to three heavens: the sky, the starry universe, and the
place where God dwells (see 2 Cor. 12:2). In Revelation 21:1, the
earth’s atmosphere is in view. The contaminated earth and the sky
cannot endure God’s presence (Rev. 20:11). The word “new” in Greek
(kainos) refers to something new in quality, not in origin and time.
This planet will be purged by fire and restored to its original state
(2 Pet. 3:10–13).
Particularly interesting is the fact that the first thing John observes on
the new earth is that there is no sea. John’s reference to “the sea” (with the
definite article) shows that he probably had in mind the sea that surrounded
him on Patmos, which had become a symbol of separation and suffering.
For him, the absence of that sea on the new earth meant absence from the
pain caused by his separation from those whom he loved.

Read Revelation 21:2–8 and Revelation 7:15–17. What parallels exist


in the description of the new earth and the Garden of Eden, in
Genesis 2?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
A life free of suffering and death on the restored earth is guaranteed
by God’s presence among His people. His presence is manifested in the
New Jerusalem and “the tabernacle of God” (Rev. 21:3), where God
will dwell among His people. The presence of God makes life truly a
paradise in the restored earth.
God’s presence guarantees freedom from suffering: no death, sorrow,
crying, or pain, which are all the consequences of sin. With the eradica-
tion of sin, “ ‘the former things have passed away’ ” (Rev. 21:4, NKJV).
This idea was well articulated by Mary and Martha at the death of
their brother Lazarus: “ ‘Lord, if You had been here, my brother would
not have died’ ” (John 11:21, NKJV). The sisters knew that death could
not exist in the presence of Christ. In the same way, the abiding pres-
ence of God on the new earth will secure freedom from the pain and
suffering that we now experience in this life. This freedom is the great
hope that is promised to us in Christ, a hope sealed in His blood.

Why is this promise of a new existence in a new world so central


to all that we believe? What good would our faith be without it?

_____________________________________________________
167
T hursday March 28
(page 105 of Standard Edition)

The New Jerusalem


John now describes the capital of the new earth, the New Jerusalem.
While a real place inhabited by real people, the New Jerusalem and life
in it are beyond any earthly description (see 1 Cor. 2:9).

Read Revelation 21:9–21. What are the exterior features of the New
Jerusalem?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The New Jerusalem is referred to as the bride, the Lamb’s wife. The New
Jerusalem is the place that Christ is preparing for His people (John 14:1–3).
The city is surrounded by a high wall with twelve gates—three gates
on each of the four sides, allowing entry from any direction. This
feature points to the universal scope of the city. In the New Jerusalem
everybody has unlimited access to God’s presence.
The city is further pictured as a perfect cube; it is 12,000 furlongs, or
stadia, in length, width, and height. The cube consists of 12 edges. Thus,
the city totals 144,000 stadia, which reflects the 144,000 who are translated
without seeing death at the second coming of Jesus. In the Old Testament
temple, the Most Holy Place was a perfect cube (1 Kings 6:20). The New
Jerusalem thus functions as the center of the worship of God.

Read Revelation 21:21–22:5. What interior features of the city remind


you of the Garden of Eden? What is the significance of the promise
that there will be no more curse in the city (Rev. 22:3)?
_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________
The most prominent feature of the New Jerusalem is the river of water
of life flowing from God’s throne (see Gen. 2:10). In contrast to the
river in Babylon, at which God’s people were sitting as captives longing
for Jerusalem (Psalm 137), on the banks of the river of life in the New
Jerusalem, God’s wandering people of all ages have found their home.
On both sides of the river is the tree of life with leaves for “the healing
of the nations” (Rev. 22:2). This healing does not refer to disease, as on the
new earth there will be no disease. It refers to the healing of all the wounds
caused by the barriers that have torn people apart throughout history. The
redeemed of all ages and from all nations now belong to one family of God.

168
F riday March 29
(page 106 of Standard Edition)

Further Thought: Read Ellen G. White, “Without a Wedding


Garment,” pp. 307–319, in Christ’s Object Lessons; “The Controversy
Ended,” pp. 662–678, in The Great Controversy.

The book of Revelation concludes with what was introduced at the


beginning: the second coming of Christ in power and glory and the
establishment of God’s everlasting kingdom. The return of Christ, when
He finally will be united with His bride, is the climactic point in the
book.
However, the book does not put these events in an unrealistic context.
That Jesus is coming soon is the first reality. The second reality is that
we are still here waiting for His return. While waiting, we must have
a clear comprehension of the messages of Revelation, and we can get
this understanding by reading the book again and again until the end
of all things comes. The messages of the book of Revelation constantly
remind us, while we wait, not to look to the things of the world, but to
fix our eyes on heaven and on Him who is our only hope. The Christ
of Revelation is the answer to all human hopes and longings amid the
enigmas and uncertainties of life. He holds the future of this world and
our future in His hands.
The book also reminds us that before the end comes, we are entrusted
with the task of proclaiming the message of His soon return to all the
world. Our waiting for His return is not passive, but active. Both the
Spirit and the Bride call: “ ‘Come!’ ” (Rev. 22:17, NKJV). We must join
that call. It is the good news, and as such, it must be proclaimed to the
people of the world.

Discussion Questions:
 Think about the millennium and the judgment of the unrigh-
teous dead that occurs only after the millennium. The saved will
have a thousand years to get all their questions answered. Only
then will God bring final punishment upon the lost. What does
this truth reveal to us about God?
 Revelation 1:3 promises blessings to those who listen, read,
heed, and keep the words of the prophecies of Revelation. As we
conclude our study of this book, what are the things you have dis-
covered that you need to heed and keep?

169
i n s i d e
Story
Exposed to HIV—Twice
By Andrew McChesney, Adventist Mission
Maria Lemos Abel, a Seventh-day Adventist nurse, asked a mother to hold
her two-year-old daughter firmly for an injection of penicillin G procaine
to treat a bacterial infection. But the mother didn’t heed the instructions,
and Maria accidentally jabbed the syringe into her left index finger when
the baby jumped in pain at the state hospital in Nampula, Mozambique’s
third-largest city.
Following hospital policy, Maria immediately ran blood tests on the
mother and baby. In 30 minutes, she had the results: both were HIV positive.
Maria began to cry. She had worked with many HIV-positive patients, and
she knew that the virus is transferred easily through blood.
“Lord, help me not to contract HIV,” she prayed.
A hospital physician instructed Maria to take ARV drugs, which suppress
the HIV virus, twice a day for the next month. After that, she would have to
wait another five months to learn whether she had contracted HIV.
“My heart hurt while I waited,” Maria, a mother of four, said in an inter-
view. “I didn’t know what would happen.”
She also prayed fervently for God to intervene. Six months after the
accident, Maria’s results came back negative. She had not contracted HIV.
“I believe that it was an answer from God,” Maria said. “I praised the
Lord.”
Three years later, in March 2017, a 30-year-old female patient jumped
when Maria made a small incision on a swollen arm. The scalpel cut Maria’s
left thumb, drawing blood. Maria ran a blood test on the patient, and it came
back HIV positive.
Maria couldn’t believe it. She wept as she took ARV drugs. She prayed
as she waited six months to take the HIV test. The test came back negative.
Maria, 51, shares her experience with women hospitalized after sexual
assault and recommends ARV drugs and prayer.
“I say, ‘God saved me from something that wasn’t my fault, and He can
also save you from something that wasn’t [your] fault,’” she said.
At least three women have tested negative after following Maria’s advice.
Two were sexual assault victims, and the third was
a nurse accidentally exposed to HIV at the hospital.
“It is a miracle that I have never contracted HIV,
and I tell others about the power of prayer and the
Lord,” Maria said.

Part of this quarter’s Thirteenth Sabbath Offering will help


open an orphanage for children who have lost their parents to
HIV and AIDS in Nampula, where Maria works. Thank you for
your mission offering.

Provided by the General Conference Office of Adventist Mission, which uses Sabbath School
170 mission offerings to spread the gospel worldwide. Read new stories daily at AdventistMission.org.
teachers comments

Part I: Overview
Key Text: Revelation 21:5

Study Focus: Revelation 19–22 begins with final events just before and during
the second coming of Jesus (Revelation 19) and then gives readers a glimpse
of the future beyond that event: through the millennium (Revelation 20) and
into eternity (Revelation 21 and 22).

Introduction: The last four chapters of the book of Revelation offer the clearest
and most detailed account in the Bible of events just before, during, and after
the Second Coming. While there are hints of a millennium elsewhere in the
Bible (1 Cor. 15:20–22, Isa. 26:19–21), these final chapters in Revelation
are the only place where such a time period is clearly laid out. The account
of the 1,000 years comes between the second coming of Jesus and His third
and permanent return to this earth.

Lesson Themes: The lesson and the focus passage introduce the following
themes:

I. Will God Transform the Old Earth or Make a New One?

II. The Relation of Babylon’s Fall to the Fifth Seal

III. Three Views of the Millennium

IV. Will Eternity End Up Boring? What Will God’s People Be Doing With
All of That Time?

V. The Backgrounds That Explain the New Jerusalem

VI. The Shape of the New Jerusalem

Life Application: The “Life Application” section explores God’s purpose


for both the 1,000 years of Revelation 20 and for biblical prophecy. The
final “Life Application” explores how to respond to the teachings of
Revelation.

171
teachers comments

Part II: Commentary


See “Introduction” of part I for brief summaries of Revelation 19–22.

Main Themes of Lesson 13 Elaborated:

I. Will God Transform the Old Earth or Make a New One?


Revelation 20:11 states that the old earth and sky “fled away” from the
presence of the One seated on the great white throne (ESV, RSV). Good
synonyms for “fled away” (Greek: ephugen) are “vanish” and “disappear.”
Because “no place was found for them” after they vanished, this wording
could imply that, when God makes “all things new” (Rev. 21:5, NKJV),
He will build a brand-new earth, rather than “recycle” the materials of
the old earth into the new one. On the other hand, Wednesday’s study
points out that “new” in Greek (kainos) means something new in quality
rather than in origin or time (see 2 Cor. 5:17). But notice also Mark 2:21,
wherein new in time also is implied.

II. The Relation of Babylon’s Fall to the Fifth Seal


Sabbath afternoon’s study states: “With the destruction of Babylon, the
prayer of God’s people in the scene of the fifth seal is ultimately answered.”
How so? Revelation 19:1, 2 makes a strong allusion to Revelation 6:10. In
that verse, the souls under the altar cry out to God: “How long will it be
before you judge and avenge our blood . . . ?” (Rev. 6:10, NRSV). What the
Greek literally says is: “How long . . . not judging [Greek: krineis] and not
avenging [Greek: ekdikeis]?” The verb “is” or “will be” is understood in
the original and can be appropriately inserted into a translation. From the
perspective of the metaphorical souls under the altar, there is no evidence
that God is judging or avenging their cases.
It is striking, therefore, that Revelation 19 uses the same two judg-
ment words (“judging” and “avenging”) in the past tense to describe the
fall of Babylon. The great multitude in heaven celebrate the fact that
God has “judged [Greek: ekrinen] the great harlot . . . and has avenged
[Greek: exedikêsan] on her the blood of his servants” (Rev. 19:2, ESV).
There is a clear relationship between the prayer of the fifth seal and the
fall of Babylon.

III. Three Views of the Millennium


1. Premillenialism: The second coming of Jesus is before the 1,000 years.
2. Postmillennialism: The second coming of Jesus is after the 1,000 years.
3. Amillennialism: The 1,000 years are simply a metaphor for the entire
172
teachers comments

Christian age; there are no literal 1,000 years. The third view requires that
the first resurrection (Rev. 20:4, 5) at the beginning of the millennium be a
spiritual one, that it is, rather, the new creation that comes with the gospel
(John 5:22–25, 2 Cor. 5:17).
What is the biblical evidence for premillennialism, the Seventh-day
Adventist position on the 1,000 years of Revelation 20? The Bible points
to the following: (1) The structure of Revelation. The dragon (Revelation
12), beast (Revelation 13), false prophet (Revelation 13), and Babylon
enter the end-time picture in that order. They then exit in reverse order:
Babylon (Revelation 18), false prophet (Revelation 19), beast (Revelation
19), and dragon (Revelation 20). If the beast, the false prophet, and
Babylon have passed off the scene by Revelation 20:3, then, logically, the
millennium must be after the Second Coming. (2) The normal meaning of
“came to life” (Rev. 20:4, NRSV [Greek: ezêsan] ) and “resurrection” (Rev.
20:5 [Greek: anastasis] ) is a bodily resurrection, not a spiritual one (John
11:25, Rom. 14:9, Rev. 2:8). (3) The resurrection of people who have been
“beheaded” (Rev. 20:4) must be more than just a spiritual one. (4) The
“beheaded souls” suffered the beheading because they had accepted the
gospel. Their resurrection is not when they receive the gospel; it happens
after their beheading. There is no spiritual meaning for the word “behead-
ing” (Greek: pepelekismenˉon).

IV. Will Eternity End Up Boring? What Will God’s People Be Doing With All
of That Time?
The Bible indicates three significant roles that redeemed sinners will
play throughout eternity. They will be kings, priests, and students.
1. Revelation indicates that redeemed sinners will join God in ruler-
ship over the universe (Rev. 3:21, Rev. 7:15–17). Sitting with Jesus on
His throne means that they will be part of the government of the universe.
2. They serve not only as kings but as priests. In the ancient world, there
were two kinds of high-status people. The highest status in the political
realm was king, and the highest status in the religious realm was priest.
Power corrupts, but those who have been humbled by suffering can be
trusted with power. To be a priest in eternity includes taking an active lead
in worship (Rev. 5:9–13) and bearing a unique testimony based on earthly
experience with sin and its consequences (Rev. 14:3). He who is faithful in
little things will be put in charge of big things (Matt. 25:21).
3. While school can sometimes be a chore, real learning is never a
chore. God has ingrained curiosit­y into the core of our being, and there
are few joys as meaningful as discovery. When we learn at our own pace,
when we learn in our areas of interest, when our curiosity piques our atten-
tion, learning is the most joyous of experiences possible. And there are so

173
teachers comments

many things in the universe to learn. We will spend an eternity learning and
growing, and it will be truly a delight.

V. The Backgrounds That Explain the New Jerusalem


The vision of the New Jerusalem is grounded in the rest of the Bible.
The waters flowing from the throne (Rev. 22:1) and the tree of life (Rev.
22:2) recall the Garden of Eden. The radiance of the city and its cubical
shape (Rev. 21:11, 16) recall the tabernacle and the temple (Exod. 40:34,
35; 1 Kings 6:20; 1 Kings 8:11). There are only two cubes in the Bible:
the Most Holy Place in the sanctuary and the New Jerusalem. The very
name “New Jerusalem” brings to mind the capital city of David’s king-
dom. Many parts of the design of the city also recall Ezekiel’s visionary
temple (Ezekiel 40–48). And many details of the New Jerusalem recall the
promises to the overcomers in the seven-churches portion of Revelation
(for example, the tree of life [Rev. 2:7, Rev. 22:2]). So the vision of the
New Jerusalem has precursors in the history of God’s leading throughout
the Bible.

VI. The Shape of the New Jerusalem


The length, width, and height of the New Jerusalem are all the same, sug-
gesting a perfect cube (Rev. 21:16). Most people envision it as a cube,
and this shape is probably correct. The description of the New Jerusalem
makes abundant use of the number 12: 12 gates, 12 foundations, walls 144
cubits high, and dimensions measuring 12,000 stadia (Rev. 21:12–21). A
cube has 12 edges. While the text does not specify the shape, a cube would
be consistent with the symbolism and recall the Most Holy Place.

Part III: Life Application


1. Why is the millennium necessary when the Second Coming seems to
have brought all things to an end? (1) Recovery time for the righteous.
There will be a need for coming to terms with the fact that some
are there and some are not. Revelation 22:2 speaks of the leaves
of the tree of life being for the healing of the nations. There may
be people there you didn’t like or didn’t expect to see in heaven.
Others you expected to see are missing. The 1,000 years will provide
time to learn and grow as eternity begins. (2) Examination time for
the righteous. The redeemed will be free to explore the “books of
heaven,” getting answers to questions about God, about those we
loved who are not there, and about issues in the great controversy.
174
teachers comments

There will be many questions to answer. (3) Demonstration time


for Satan and his followers. At the close of the millennium, Satan
and his followers will demonstrate one final time the destructive
nature of their characters. This final demonstration will secure
the redeemed in loyalty to God throughout eternity.

2. What ultimately is the purpose of the book of Revelation? The pur-


pose of prophecy is not to satisfy our curiosity about the future;
it is to teach us how to live today. Revelation is designed to pre-
pare people for the challenges of the end and, in the process, has
brought hope, meaning, and purpose to millions throughout the
Christian era (Rev. 1:3).

175
2019 Bible Study Guide for the Second Quarter
The sixth day of Creation had ended. As God prepared for the first seventh-day
Sabbath on earth, He looked on creation and declared it all “very good” (Gen. 1:31).
If only that were the end of the story—a perfect world, with perfect people, existing
forever. We’ve only lived in a world of sin. We have come to take death and suffering
as inevitable parts of the cycles of life.
And that’s what this quarter’s lesson, entitled Family Seasons by Claudio and Pamela
Consuegra, is about: the cycles of life, at least for us now, in this fallen world. And we
are going to look at these cycles in the one place most of us cycle through them—
within the framework of family.
Humans were created, in Eden, in the context of family. All through the Bible, in one
way or another, families help form the framework of events that unfold. Despite all the
forces working against the family, the concept of a family endures. And it should. It’s
where we get started, and it is often the greatest force for good or evil in shaping our
lives and how we respond to challenges we face as we cycle through the stages of life.
Hence, this quarter’s lessons point to principles, based on Scripture, that can help make
for stronger families at every stage of life.
Lesson 1—The Rhythms of Life
The Week at a Glance:
Sunday: In the Beginning (Gen. 1:1)
Monday: The Rhythms of Life (Prov. 20:29)
Tuesday: The Unexpected (Job 1:13–19)
Wednesday: Transitions (Acts 9:1–22)
Thursday: Interactions (Romans 15:7)
Memory Text—Ecclesiastes 3:1, NKJV
Sabbath Gem: Some of the most beautiful poetry ever penned came from King
Solomon: “To everything there is a season, a time for every purpose under heaven”
(Eccles. 3:1, NKJV). His words capture so much of our human experience. It is
good for us to examine the seasons and rhythms of our lives, especially as they
impact us and the lives of others around us.

Lesson 2—The Choices We Make


The Week at a Glance:
Sunday: Free Will, Free Choice (2 Tim. 1:8, 9)
Monday: Making the Right Choices (James 1:5)
Tuesday: Choosing Friends (Prov. 12:26)
Wednesday: Choosing a Life Partner (James 1:23–25)
Thursday: Choosing a Course (Eccles. 2:1–11)
Memory Text—Joshua 25:15
Sabbath Gem: We make so many choices that often we don’t even think about
them. We just make them. Some choices are simple and even become routine,
while others are life-changing and have eternal consequences, not only for us but
even for our own families. It is crucial then that we think through our choices.
Lessons for the Visually Impaired The regular Adult Sabbath School Bible Study
Guide is available free each month in braille and on audio CD to sight-impaired and physically handi-
capped persons who cannot read normal ink print. This includes individuals who, because of arthritis,
multiple sclerosis, paralysis, accident, and so forth, cannot hold or focus on normal ink-print publica-
tions. Contact Christian Record Services for the Blind, Box 6097, Lincoln, NE 68506-0097. Phone:
402-488-0981; email: info@christianrecord.org; website: www.christianrecord.org.

You might also like